Pressure and flow catalogue 2016 2017

Page 1

Pressure and Flow 2016 – 2017


Pressure and Flow As the name suggests, here we focus on components that measure and control the pressure and flow of liquids and gases. The application areas are wide but include mobile hydraulics, water treatment, chemical industry, cooling systems etc. • • • • •

Connector systems Flow switches, meters & indicators Force measuring products Level switches & sensors Pressure & vacuum gauges

The Pressure and Flow team in training Neil Bailey – Business area manager (standing)

• • • •

Pressure & vacuum switches Pressure & vacuum sensors Solenoid valves Temperature transducers & gauges


Introduction 2 Pressure switches

8

Pressure sensors

32

Pressure gauges

62

Solenoid valves

74

Temperature 88 Industrial connectors

98

Flow instruments

110

Level switches & sensors

128

Technical reference

148


Excellence in Automation OEM Automatic UK markets and sells components for industrial automation, currently representing approximately 50 leading suppliers and acting as their local sales organisation in the UK. Customers come from all sectors of industrial automation and include machine builders, control panel builders, system integrators and selected strategic distributors. Value added link OEM offers a unique and extensive range of products from leading manufacturers

Supplier

Together with an efficient logistics process and added value workshop, we help customers reduce the number of their suppliers. In order to support our sales process we have a local team of product specialists and sales/ marketing staff. This means we offer a high level of service to our customers. To become a competent and effective partner to our customers we have divided our product range into specialised business areas. In this way we combine the

Customer

advantage of being specialised in small areas with the benefits of being part of a large organisation. Being a partner with OEM Automatic means you have access to our unique broad product range but in a specialised organisation. With our ability to see the whole value chain and total costs we aim to improve your competitive advantage and profitability. Our ambition is to make it easier for you to find the best and most cost-efficient solutions.

Specialised organisation 4 business areas – 1 partner

Panel

Machine & Safety

Pressure & Flow

Motors

Electrical components for inside and outside control panels

Sensors, encoders, cable systems and machine safety components

To measure & control pressure, flow & level of liquids and gases

AC/DC motors, geared motors, electronic drives & linear solutions

2

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


A strategic partnership OEM Automatic UK is part of the OEM International group whose headquarters are in Tranas, Sweden. The companies within this group are leading suppliers of components and systems for industrial automation in the Nordic region, UK and Eastern Europe. FACTS: OEM Automatic UK • Founded in 1989 • Turnover 2014 approx £10M • More than 2000 customers • More than 50 suppliers

Turku

Drammen Parnu

Tranas Riga

Panevezys

Allerød

Leicester Warsaw

Prague Trnava

Budapest

Richard Armstrong Managing Director


Always close to the customer Our head office and stock is located in Whetstone just south of Leicester so we are in an ideal central location to be as close as possible to our customers. Each of our sales engineers works with a limited range of products and this enables them to become experts in their field. They are available to visit customers at short notice to discuss and advise on technical or commercial issues. Competent sales and product staff

Customer support

Because of our specialised business areas all of our sales staff are experts in their particular field. This enables them to really understand the products and applications and assist customers on site with selecting the right product. A program of training with our suppliers runs throughout the year so they are always updated with the latest innovations and product knowledge. Our product specialists and product managers have the deepest knowledge of the products and are responsible for product range development and day to day contact with our suppliers. They also provide technical support for sales and customer support staff.

Customer support are there to offer a fast and efficient service to our customers when placing orders, checking delivery times/order status etc. They are in close contact with our product specialists who can answer technical queries and application specific questions. They should also be your first point of contact for product return questions.

Efficient logistics Our warehouse in Whetstone aims to despatch all orders the same day if received before 16.30. Our warehouse personnel are responsible for despatching more than 25,000 orders per year and we are proud of our ability to get products to our customers safely and on time. We currently hold more than 8000 articles in stock so our customers can get standard products delivered the next day.

We are available from 08.30 until 17.00 Phone: 0116 2849900 – Fax: 0116 2841721 Web: www.oem.co.uk – Email: orders@uk.oem.se

Product information At www.oem.co.uk you will find full and detailed product information in our on-line catalogue. From this you have all the technical information and ordering codes and you can download PDF files if you wish. To support the information on the website each business area produces its own printed catalogue which is available on request. Three times per year we publish our customer magazine ‘Inside Automation’ which we mail to more than 15,000 contacts. It contains new product information, special offers and company news.

All orders received before 16.30 will be despatched same day


Keeping you informed issue 3 2013

New fuse terminals from Contaclip page 5

Product catalogues and brochures

The NEW XC-Series worm geared motors

High speed barcode reading page 7

page 11

Each business area has its own dedicated product catalogue and brochures containing full technical information – an effective tool for our sales team and a helpful guide for you. Pages can be downloaded from our website: www.oem.co.uk

Customer magazine Issued three times a year Inside Automation features the latest products and is focused on technical articles and applications.

Clear marketing communication Our trade magazine adverts and advertorials make product selection easy and is an effective aid to sales. The information alerts you to our new and current range.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

5


Added value We offer an ‘added value’ service to our customers in addition to our standard off the shelf products. Below are just a few examples of what we can offer. • Pressure switch setting • Pressure switch and sensor testing • Custom product labelling • Product bagging service with customer specific bar code, part number and logo printing • Product specific cabling • DIN connector tag printing

DIN connector tag printing

Pressure switch and sensor testing

6

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Our suppliers SUCO. Robert Scheuffele GmbH & Co. KG Product range consists of mechanical piston and diaphragm Pressure Switches, Vacuum Switches, Electronic Pressure Switches and Pressure Transmitters.

A leading manufacturer of measuring technology products. This includes Force, Pressure, Temperature and Pressure Switches.

Honsberg Instruments manufacture a leading range of measuring instruments for Flow, Temperature and Level.

Val.co Srl specialises in the design and production of liquid-level, flow and temperature instrumentation. As a leading provider of electronic components and solutions, Molex manufacture DIN connectors, from the standard DIN ranges to custom cordsets and connectors with circuits to the new IP67 DIN range with integral gasket and external threaded gland.

Develop, manufacture and market, both standard and customer specific solenoid and pressure operated valves.

The company specialises in the manufacture of general purpose solenoid valves, “total isolation (DRY)” and “pinch” versions and micro solenoid valves.

ESI manufacture Pressure Sensors offering Silicon-on-Sapphire technology developed by ESI gives superior performance and combined with a titanium diaphragm and all titanium wetted parts provides excellent physical and chemical resistance.

Offer a full range of process measurement technologies including Sensors for Temperature, Pressure, Flow and Liquid analysis.

Manufacture and market a range of hand held measuring devices including. Temperature, Humidity, pH, Redox, CO, O2 and Flow. For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

7


Pressure switches

8

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction to mechanical pressure switches

10

Mechanical pressure switches

12

Pressure switch PLUS

23

Electronic pressure switches

24

Vacuum pressure switches

27

Differential pressure switches

29

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

9


Pressure switches Introduction to mechanical pressure switches Introduction to pressure switches OEM Automatic offer a comprehensive range of mechanical, electronic and differential pressure switches including vacuum designed for monitoring liquids or gaseous media. Most of the pressure switch range is available pre-set or adjustable on site and covers options varying from -40 up to +120°C.

Vacuum pressure switches Based on a diaphragm for measuring the applied pressure/ vacuum and offering adjustment ranges of -0.9 up to +1 bar. Versions rated up to 250V are available with various body materials, switching options and thread connections. Differential pressure switches (mechanical & electronic) Mechanical and electronic differential switches using diaphragm or piston for the measuring element with adjustment options from 0.06 up to 50 bar. Adjustable switch point on site and options for wall mountable and an LED display.

Mechanical pressure switches Diaphragm and piston measuring options offering adjustment ranges from 0.1 up to 400 bar. Available to suit up to 250V in brass, zinc plated steel and stainless steel versions with various electrical connector options. Electronic pressure switches Measuring elements include thick film and SoS technology deriving from pressure sensors and also diaphragm. Offering adjustment ranges from -1 up to 700 bar, the advantage of the electronic pressure switches is the wide hysteresis band and the options to include an analogue output.

7

6

7

3

5 4

2a 1

Diaphragm pressure switch Normally open SPST

6 5 4

10 9 8

3 2b

Piston pressure switch Normally closed SPST

4 Change over SPDT

KEY (1) Pressure port (2a) Diaphragm (2b) Pistons (3) Pressure spring (4) Plunger (5) Contact disc (6) Counter-contact (7) Adjustment screw (8) NC (9) Swivel contact (10) NO

10 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches

Seal materials It is essential that the correct seal material is used with the media in the pressure switch application and this is selected based on its chemical resistance. The temperature range only becomes a selection criteria when different sealing materials are suitable for the media.

Hysteresis The hysteresis relates to the difference between the rising and falling pressure switch points. Some of our pressure switch range offers an adjustable hysteresis and others do not.

NBR (buna) The most common seal material used and used widely through hydraulic oil applications with optional H-NBR which is optimised for bio-oil applications. EPDM The solution for most brake fluid and oxygen applications with optional W270 option for drinking water applications. FKM The choice for hydraulic fluids or where a good chemical resistance is required.

Conversion table for pressure units

ECO This is used in Suco vacuum switches and is similar to NBR in terms of chemical resistance.

PSI

Bar

mbar

KPa

1

0.690

68.947

6.895

Silicone The Suco silicone diaphragm is FDA approved and designed for pressure ranges below 10 bar with an overpressure safety of 35 bar.

Medium compatibility

The compatibility information contained in this catalogue is only a guide and testing of media with the mentioned seals is the responsibility of the user. Standard piston switches are not suitable for water applications inluding stainless steel versions. This also applies to stainless steel versions with EPDM seals. Please contact us in such applications.

The sealing materials mentioned above are not suitable for saturated or superheated steam applications. Gaseous media applications place particular demands on leak-tightness however this is dependent on the gaseous medium, the working pressure and the permeability of the seal used.

Oxygen warning! When using oxygen, the relevant safety regulations must be observed. In addition, we recommend that a maximum operating pressure of 10 bar (zinc-plated switches), 35 bar (brass switches) and 50 bar (stainless steel switches) must not be exceeded.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 11


Pressure switches 42 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 24 Type 0166/0169

Technical data 42 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 150 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0166 403 03

011

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0166 404 03

015

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0166 423 03

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0166 424 03

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0166 407 03

027

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0166 408 03

031

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0166 411 03

043

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0166 412 03

047

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0166 415 03

059

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0166 416 03

063

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0169 419 03

011

50…150

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Normally open

0169 420 03

015

50…150

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Normally closed

1 NBRHydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

42 V diaphragm pressure switch

Technical data

Hex 24 Type 0164

42 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303

Body material

• Adjustment range up to 50 bar

200/min

Switching frequency

• Pmax up to 600 bar

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Stainless steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM

-30 °C…+120°C

FKM

(Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Spade terminals

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0164 403 41

003

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally open

0164 404 41

004

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0164 423 41

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally open

0164 424 41

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0164 407 41

007

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally open

0164 408 41

008

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0164 411 41

011

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally open

0164 412 41

012

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0164 415 41

015

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally open

0164 416 41

016

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 E

Diaphragm

Normally closed

1 NBRHydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

12 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches 42 V diaphragm pressure switch

Technical data

Hex 24 Type 0167

42 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

Brass

Body material

• Adjustment range up to 20 bar

200/min

Switching frequency

• Pmax up to 35 bar

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Brass body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM

-30 °C… +120 °C

FKM

-5 °C… +120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Spade terminals

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0167 403 03

039

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0167 404 03

040

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0167 423 03

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0167 424 03

043

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0167 407 03

043

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0167 408 03

044

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

0167 411 03

047

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

0167 412 03

048

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

35

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

Accessories: fitted rubber cap Suitable for voltages up to 42 V

1166621003

1166621010

Part number

Cable

Cable diameter mm

Suitable for voltages up to

Protection

1166621003

Double

1.7 – 2.2

42 V

IP54 (switch fitted with cap)

1166621010

Single

1.5 – 5

42 V

IP54 (switch fitted with cap)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 13


Pressure switches 42 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 24 Type 01XX

Technical data 42 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

• Adjustment range up to 150 bar

200/min

Switching frequency

• Pmax up to 600 bar

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

0 1 1 0

0 1 1 2

0 1 1 4

0 1 1 6

0 1 1 8

0 1 2 0

0 1 2 2

Deutsch DT04-2P

AMP Superseal

Packard MetriPack 280

Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)

AMP Junior Timer

Bayonet DIN72585 A1-2-1

M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Part number

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

403 03

011

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

404 03

015

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

423 03

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

424 03

070

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

407 03

027

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

408 03

031

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

411 03

043

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

412 03

047

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

415 03

059

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally open

416 03

063

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Normally closed

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

0 1 1 1

0 1 1 3

0 1 1 5

0 1 1 7

0 1 1 9

0 1 2 1

0 1 2 3

Deutsch DT04-2P

AMP Superseal

Packard MetriPack 280

Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)

AMP Junior Timer

Bayonet DIN72585 A1-2.1

M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Piston pressure switch 419 03

011

50…150

420 03

015

50…150

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

(±5 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Normally open

(±5 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Normally closed

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

14 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0140/0141

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 150 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

(±0.2 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

012

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

003

50…150

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

0140 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

0140 458 03

006

1…10

0140 459 03

009

0140 461 03 0141 460 03

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

Technical data

42 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0170/0171

42 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C… +20 °C/(Piston) -10 °C… +120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0170 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0170 458 03

042

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0170 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

0170 461 03 0171 460 03

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 15


Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0180/0181/0183

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 400 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0180 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0180 458 03

042

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0180 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0180 461 03

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0181 460 03

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

0183 462 45

051

100…300

(±10.0 bar)

600

M 14 x 1.5

Piston

Change over

0183 463 45

061

200…400

(±10.0 bar)

600

M 14 x 1.5

Piston

Change over

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0186/0187 (stainless steel)

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Stainless steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM

-30 °C…+120 °C

FKM

(Diaphragm) -5 °C… +20 °C /(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0186 457 03

003

0,5…5,0

(±0.3 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0186 458 03

006

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0186 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

0186 461 03 0187 460 03

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

16 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0184/0185

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C… +120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C… +120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0184 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0184 458 03

042

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0184 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0184 461 03

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0185 460 03

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 0184/0185 (stainless steel)

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Stainless steel body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM

• Gold contacts

FKM

-30 °C to +120°C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Stainless steel diaphragm/piston pressure switch with coupler socket

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0184 457 03

486

0,5…5,0

(±0.3 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0184 458 03

486

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0184 459 03

486

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0184 461 03

486

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0185 460 03

486

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 17


Pressure switches Accessories

Rubber cap, socket device and thread adapter

Rubber protective cap 1170621007

Socket connector 1180652002

Thread adapter 1183420006

Description

Part number

Connection

Cable diameter mm

Suitable for voltages up to

Protection

Rubber protective cap

1170621007

Double cable

1.7 – 2.2

42 V

IP54 with fitted cap

Socket connector

1180652002

Pg 9 screw fitting

6–9

250 V

IP65 with fitted cap

Thread adpter

1183420006

M14 x 1.5 to G1/4

Hex 24

-

-

18 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches 48 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch Hex 27 Type 013X with integrated connector

Technical data 48 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 200 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Zinc-plated steel

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Zinc plated

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

Overpressure safety up to 100 bar -30 °C…+100 °C Overpressure safety up to 300 bar -40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C … +120 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

TE AMP Superseal® Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0132 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0132 458 03

042

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0132 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0132 461 03

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0133 460 03

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

M 12 x 1 DIN EN 61076-2-101A Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

0134 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0134 458 03

042

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0134 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0134 461 03

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0135 460 03

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

Deutsch DT04-2P Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

0136 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

100

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0136 458 03

042

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0136 459 03

009

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0136 461 03

012

10…100

(±3.0 – 5.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

003

50…200

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

0137 460 03

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 19


Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch 30 A/F Type 0159

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 400 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Aluminium

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Aluminium body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM

• Easy adjustment

FKM

-30 °C…+120°C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

(±0.2… 0.3 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

(±0.2 …0.5 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

001

2…20

(±1.0 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0159 430 14

001

5…50

(±3.0 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0159 431 14

001

10…100

(±3.0…5.0 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0159 432 14

001

10…100

(±3.0…5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

0159 433 14

001

25…250

(±5.0…7.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

0159 434 14

001

40…400

(±5.0…9.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

0159 426 14

001

0,2…2

0159 427 14

001

0,5…5

0159 428 14

001

0159 429 14

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

20 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch 30 A/F Type 0161/0162

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range up to 400 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Aluminium

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Aluminium body

Temperature range

• Available pre-set

NBR

-40 °C…+100 °C

EPDM FKM

-30 °C…+120°C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread

Type

Function

0161 436 14

001

0,5…0.1

(±0.2 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0162 436 14

001

0,5…0.1

(±0.2 bar)

200

Manifold mounting

Diaphragm

Change over

0161 437 14

001

0,5…5

(±0.2…0.5 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0162 437 14

001

0,5…5

(±0.2…0.5 bar)

200

Manifold mounting

Diaphragm

Change over

0161 438 14

001

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0162 438 14

001

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

200

Manifold mounting

Diaphragm

Change over

0161 439 14

001

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0162 439 14

001

10…50

(±3.0 bar)

200

Manifold mounting

Diaphragm

Change over

0161 440 14

001

50…100

(±3.0…5.0 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0162 440 14

001

50…100

(±3.0…5.0 bar)

200

Manifold mounting

Diaphragm

Change over

0161 441 14

001

100…400

(±5.0…9.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

0162 441 14

001

100…400

(±5.0…9.0 bar)

600

Manifold mounting

Piston

Change over

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch ATEX Type 0165

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

II 2G Ex d II C T6/T5 X (gas-protected zones 1 & 2)

Aluminium

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

• Adjustment range up to 400 bar

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range

• Pmax up to 600 bar

NBR

• Aluminium body

-20 °C…+80 °C

EPDM

• Available pre-set

FKM

-20 °C…+80 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+80 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0165 448 14

001

1…6

(±0.5 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0165 449 14

001

5…50

(±3.0 bar)

200

G 1/4 female

Diaphragm

Change over

0165 450 14

001

20…100

(±3.0…5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

0165 452 14

001

25…250

(±5.0…7.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

001

100…400

(±5.0…9.0 bar)

600

G 1/4 female

Piston

Change over

0165 451 14

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 21


Pressure switches 250 V diaphragm/piston pressure switch ATEX Type 0340/0341

Technical data 250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

II 3D IP65 T90°C (dust-protected zone 22)

• Adjustment range up to 150 bar • Pmax up to 600 bar

Hysterisis

Average value 10 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Body material

Zinc-plated steel with anodised aluminium protective cap 200/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range

• Zinc plated steel body

NBR

• Available pre-set

-20 °C…+80 °C

EPDM FKM

-20 °C…+80 °C (Diaphragm) -5 °C…+80 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

0340 457 03

003

0,3…1,5

(±0.2 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0340 458 03

006

1…10

(±0.5…1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0340 459 03

009

10…20

(±1.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0340 461 03

012

20…50

(±2.0 bar)

300

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

0341 460 03

003

50…150

(±5.0 bar)

600

G 1/4

Piston

Change over

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

22 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches Pressure switch PLUS

Technical data

Hex 24 Type 04XX with integrated connector & supplementary functions

30 V dc

Voltage/rating

Average value 5 – 30% of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

Zinc plated steel

Body material

• Adjustment range up to 150 bar

Switching frequency

• Pmax up to 600 bar

Mechanical life expectancy

• Available pre-set

Temperature range

200/min 106 cycles

NBR

• Choice of six diagnostic functions

-40 °C…+ 20 °C

EPDM

-30 °C…+ 20 °C

FKM

(Diaphragm) -5 °C…+120 °C/(Piston) -10 °C…+120 °C

HNBR

-30 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

0 4 1 0

0 4 1 2

0 4 1 4

0 4 1 6

0 4 1 8

0 4 2 4

Deutsch DT04-2P

AMP Superseal

Packard MetriPack 280

Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)

AMP Junior Timer

M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)

Part number – NO diaphragm

Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax

Thread

Part number – NC diaphragm

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax

Thread G 1/4

03 03

001

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

04 03

002

0,1…1

(±0.2 bar)

300 bar

23 03

001

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

24 03

002

0,5…3

(±0.3 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

07 03

001

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

08 03

002

1…10

(±0.5 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

11 03

001

10…20

(±1 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

11 03

001

10…20

(±1 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

15 03

001

20…50

(±2 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

15 03

001

20…50

(±2 bar)

300 bar

G 1/4

R V N P L M

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse

R V N P L M

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

0 4 1 1

0 4 1 3

0 4 1 5

0 4 1 7

0 4 1 9

0 4 2 5

Deutsch DT04-2P

AMP Superseal

Packard MetriPack 280

Deutsch DT04-3P (A+B)

AMP Junior Timer

M12x1DIN EN 61076-2-D (1 + 3)

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Part number – NO piston 19 03

Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse

R V N P L M

001

50…150

(±5.0 bar)

Pmax

Thread

Part number – NC piston

600 bar

G 1/4

20 03

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Resistor Varistor NTC PTC LED Multifuse

R V N P L M

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance) 002

50…150

(±5.0 bar)

Pmax

Thread

600 bar

G 1/4

1 NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air nitrogen etc 2 EPDM Brake fluid, oxygen, acetylene, hydrogen etc 3 FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA/HFB/HFD), petrol, gasoline etc

PRESSURE SWITCHES 23


Pressure switches Electronic pressure switches Type S2400/S2410/S2420

Technical data 12 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage S2400 Signal

• Adjustment range -1…+700 bar • Switching and output options • Adjustable • Ceramic & thin film • NO or NC (selectable)

S2410

S2420

1 switching + 2 switching outputs 1 analogue output 4 – 20 mA PNP or NPN

Switch point adjustment range Hysterisis

2 switching + 1 analogue output 4 – 20 mA NPN

1 – 100% of span (reset 0 – 99% of span) 0.3% (ceramic coil) 0.2% (thin film cell)

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4571 and plastic

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4571 (100 bar plus) Ceramic with NBR O ring (50 bar)

Temperature range

• Display

Media

-20 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+70 °C 107

Life expectancy Overpressure safety

5…1000 bar (depending on range)

Burst pressure

6…2400 bar (depending on range)

Part number Adjustment range (bar)

Overload limit (bar)

2 x PNP/NPN

1 x PNP/NPN 4…20mA

2 x NPN 4…20mA

-1…+2

5

S2400B101403

S2410B101003

S2420B101203

-1…+3

5

S2400B044403

S2410B044003

S2420B044203

-1…+5

10

S2400B045403

S2410B045003

S2420B045203

-1…+10

20

S2400B047403

S2410B047003

S2420B047203

0…2

5

S2400B071403

S2410B071003

S2420B071203

0…5

10

S2400B121403

S2410B121003

S2420B121203

0…10

20

S2400B075403

S2410B075003

S2420B075203

0…20

40

S2400B077403

S2410B077003

S2420B077203

0…50

100

S2400B785403

S2410B785003

S2420B785203

0…100

200

S2400B081403

S2410B081003

S2420B081203

0…160

320

S2400B082403

S2410B082003

S2420B082203

0…250

500

S2400B084403

S2410B084003

S2420B084203

0…400

800

S2400B086403

S2410B086003

S2420B086203

0…600

1000

S2400B087403

S2410B087003

S2420B087203

0…700

1000

S2400B104403

S2410B104003

S2420B104203

Electronic pressure switches Type S1100

Technical data 10 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

5 – 100% of full scale

Switch point adjustment range

5 – 95% of full scale

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range -0,9…+25 bar • Switching options

Body material

Brass and plastic

Wetted parts

Ni and C0-alloy and brass

Temperature

• Adjustable • LED indication

Media

-20 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+70 °C 106

Life expectancy Overpressure safety

Part number

0.4…1200 bar (depending on type)

Burst pressure

4…1500 bar (depending on type)

Part number

Part number

Range (bar)

2 NO (PNP)

1 NO + NC (PNP)

Range (bar)

2 NO (PNP)

1 NO + NC (PNP)

Range (bar)

2 NO (PNP)

1 NO + NC (PNP)

-0,9…0,05

S1100B016602

S1100B016802

0,13…2,5

S1100B072602

S1100B072802

1,6…16

S1100B076602

S1100B076802

0,04…0,02

S1100B014602

S1100B014802

0,2…4

S1100B073602

S1100B073802

2,5…25

S1100B078602

S1100B078802

0,005…0,1

S1100B063602

S1100B063802

0,3…6

S1100B074602

S1100B074802

0,05…1

S1100B069602

S1100B069802

0,5…10

S1100B075602

S1100B075802

24 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches Electronic pressure switches

Technical data

Type 05XX High performance series

9.6 – 32 V dc

Supply voltage

2 – 100% f.s.p. factory programmable

Switch point adjustment range

0.2 – 99.8% f.s.p. factory programmable (standard 5% f.s.p)

Hysterisis

• Adjustment range 0…600 bar • Switching options

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303 and titanium

Temperature

• Factory set • SoS technology

Media

-40 °C…+125 °C

Ambient

-40 °C…+100 °C 107 cycles

Life expectancy Overpressure safety

40…1650 bar (depending on type)

Burst pressure

80…2000 bar (depending on type)

Part number key Electronic pressure switch – Type

0

5

X

X

PNP-Output (High Side), normally open (NO)

3

0

PNP-Output (High Side), normally closed (NC)

3

1

NPN-Output (Low Side), normally open (NO)

3

2

NPN-Output (Low Side), normally closed (NC)

3

3

X

X

X

X

X

G 1/4 – DIN 3852-E

4

1

G 1/4 – DIN 3852-A

0

3

NPT 1/8

0

4

NPT 1/4

0

9

M 10 x 1 cyl. DIN 3852-A

1

3

7/16-20 UNF

2

0

9/16-18 UNF

2

1

M 14x1.5 - DIN 3852-E

4

2

B

X

X

X

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

0

1

M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

AMP Superseal

0

0

7

Deutsch DT04-4P

0

0

8

Deutsch DT04-3P

0

1

0

Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)

0

1

1

Signal output

Pressure range

Max overpressure

0…10 bar

40 bar

1

0

1

0…25 bar

100 bar

2

5

1

0…100 bar

400 bar

1

0

2

0…250 bar

1000 bar

2

5

2

0…600 bar

1500 bar

6

0

2

Pressure connection

Unit of switch point – bar

B

Electrical connection (see below)

Connectors:

0 0 1 DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)

0 0 2

0 0 4

0 0 7

0 0 8

M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

AMP Superseal

Deutsch DT04-4P

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

0 1 0

0 1 1

Deutsch DT04-3P

Cable

PRESSURE SWITCHES 25


Pressure switches Electronic pressure switches

Technical data

Type 05XX Performance series

9.6 – 32 V dc

Supply voltage

2 – 100% of adjustment range

Switch point adjustment range

1 – 98% FS

Hysterisis

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI303

Body material

• Small and compact • Adjustable versions

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4305/ceramic/seal material

Temperature

NBR -30 °C…+100 °C; EPDM -30 °C…+125 °C; FKM -20 °C…+125 °C

Media

• Integrated connector options

Ambient

• Ceramic sensor

-30 °C…+100 °C 5,000,000 pulsations (at 1 bar/ms)

Life expectancy

4…20 bar (depending on type)

Overpressure safety

8…300 bar (depending on type)

Burst pressure

Part number key Electronic pressure switch…Type

X

X

NO, PNP, switching points programmed at factory

0

5

0

0

NC, PNP, switching points programmed at factory

0

1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

G 1/4…DIN 3852-E

4

1

NPT 1/4

0

9

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

1

3

M 12…DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

AMP Superseal

0

0

7

Deutsch DT04-4P

0

0

8

Deutsch DT04-3P

0

1

0

Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)

0

1

1

X

X

X

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

1

3

M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

AMP Superseal

0

0

7

Deutsch DT04-4P

0

0

8

Deutsch DT04-3P

0

1

0

Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)

0

1

1

Pressure range bar

Max overpressure

0…2

4 bar

2

0

0

0…4

10 bar

4

0

0

0…10

20 bar

1

0

1

0…16

40 bar

1

6

1

0…40

100 bar

4

0

1

0…100

200 bar

1

0

2

X

Pressure connection

Seal material NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc.

1

EPDM Brake fluid, water, acetylene, hydrogen, etc.

2

FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasoline, etc.

3

Electrical connection (see below)

Part number key Electronic pressure switch – Type

X

X

EDS, NOC, PNP, with switching point adjustment by potentiometer

0

5

1

0

EDS, NCC, PNP, with switching point adjustment by potentiometer

1

1

X

X

X

X

X

G 1/4 – DIN 3852-E

4

1

NPT 1/4

0

9

Pressure range bar

Max overpressure

0…2

4 bar

2

0

0

0…4

10 bar

4

0

0

0…10

20 bar

1

0

1

0…16

40 bar

1

6

1

0…40

100 bar

4

0

1

0…100

200 bar

1

0

2

X

Pressure connection

Seal material NBR Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc.

1

EPDM Brake fluid, water, acetylene, hydrogen, etc.

2

FKM Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasoline, etc.

3

Electrical connection (see below)

26 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches 250 V vacuum pressure switch

Technical data

Type 0150 Vacuum

250 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Avg. value 50 – 150 mbar of switch point (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

Aluminium

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

• Adjustment range up to 100 – 950 mbar (rel.)

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range

• Pmax up to 20 bar

ECO

-20 °C…+100 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

• Aluminium body • Available pre-set

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in mbar (tolerance)

0150 456 15 4 001

100…950

(±50 mbar)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

20

G 1/8 female

Diaphragm

Change over

42 V vacuum pressure switch

Technical data

Type 0151 Vacuum

42 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

Not adjustable

Hysterisis

Brass

Body material

200/min

Switching frequency

• Adjustment range up to 200…950 mbar (rel.)

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy Temperature range

• Pmax up to 35 bar

FKM

-15 °C…+120 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

Ramp rate

• Brass body • Available pre-set

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

(±100 mbar)

35

G 1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

(±100 mbar)

35

G 1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

Part number Diaphragm/piston pressure switch

Adjustment range in mbar (relative) (tolerance)

0151 454 15 3 001

200…950

0151 455 15 3 001

200…950

Function

Accessories: fitted rubber cap Suitable for voltages up to 42 V

1166621003

1166621010

Part number

Cable

Cable diameter mm

Suitable for voltages up to

Protection

1166621003

Double

1.7 – 2.2

42 V

IP54 (switch fitted with cap)

1166621010

Single

1.5 – 5

42 V

IP54 (switch fitted with cap)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 27


Pressure switches 250 V vacuum pressure switch

Technical data

Type S4412

28 V dc & 250 V ac

Voltage/rating

Average value 0.1 – 0.3 bar (adjustable)

Hysterisis

Zinc plated steel

Body material

• Adjustment range up to -0.85…+1 bar

100/min

Switching frequency

4 x 106

Mechanical life expectancy

• Pmax up to 20 bar

Temperature range

• Zinc plated body

Ramp rate

-10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

• Available pre-set

Part number S4412B114 001

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance) -0,85…+1

(±0,02 bar)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

20

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

250 V vacuum pressure switch

Technical data

Type S4415

28 V dc & 50 V ac

Voltage/rating

Average value 0.1…0.2 bar (not adjustable)

Hysterisis

Zinc plated steel

Body material

• Adjustment range up to -0.85…+1 bar

100/min

Switching frequency

106 cycles

Mechanical life expectancy

• Pmax up to 20 bar

Temperature range

• Zinc plated body

Ramp rate

-10 °C…+80 °C ≤ 1 bar/ms

• Available pre-set

Part number

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

S4415B114 001

0,85…0

28 PRESSURE SWITCHES

(±0.02 bar)

Pmax in bar

Thread Other threads available

Type

Function

20

G 1/4

Diaphragm

Change over

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches Mechanical differential pressure switches Type S4510

Technical data

• Adjustment range 0,3…2 bar

Electrical connection

DIN connector

Pressure connection

2 x G1/8 female

Hysterisis

Approx 15 – 25%

Body material

Brass

• Pmax up to 10 bar

Wetted parts

Brass & NBR

• Adjustable

Temperature range

• High overload safety

Part number S4510B071001

Media

-25 °C…+85 °C

Ambient

-25 °C…+85 °C

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread

Type

Function

0,3…2

10

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Changeover

Mechanical differential pressure switches Type S4530

Technical data 110 V dc & 250 V ac

Voltage/rating

• Adjustment range 2…50 bar

Electrical connection

DIN connector

Pressure connection

2 x G1/8 female

Hysterisis

Approx 15 – 25%

Body material

Zinc plated steel

• Pmax up to 250 bar

Wetted parts

Zinc plated steel & PUR

• Easy switch point adjustment

Temperature range

• High overload safety

Part number

110 V dc & 250 V ac

Voltage/rating

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Media

-25 °C…+85 °C

Ambient

-25 °C…+85 °C

Pmax in bar

Thread

Type

Function

S4530B075001

2…10

50

2 x G1/8 female

Piston

Changeover

S4530B785001

5…50

250

2 x G1/8 female

Piston

Changeover

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SWITCHES 29


Pressure switches Mechanical differential pressure switches Type S4540

Technical data 30 V dc & 250 V ac

Voltage/rating

• Adjustment range 0,06…6 bar

Electrical connection

Pre-cabled, 1 m

Pressure connection

2 x G 1/8 female Approx 2%

Hysterisis Body material

Brass & plastic

• Pmax up to 16 bar

Wetted parts

Brass & NBR

• Adjustable

Temperature range

• High overload safety

Media

-15 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-15 °C…+80 °C

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread

Type

S4540B067002

0,06…0,6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

S4540B067001

0,06…0,6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

S4540B069002

0,1…1

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

S4540B069001

0,1…1

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

S4540B070002

0,16…1,6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

S4540B070001

0,16…1,6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

S4540B072002

0,25…2,5

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

S4540B072001

0,25…2,5

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

S4540B073002

0,4…4

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

S4540B073001

0,4…4

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

S4540B074002

0,6…6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally open

S4540B074001

0,6…6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Normally closed

Part number

Electronic differential pressure switches Type S1510

Function

Technical data 12 – 32 V ac/dc

Voltage/rating

2 switching outputs & 1 output 4 – 20 mA

Signal

• Adjustment range 0…6 bar

Electrical connection

M12 x 1 (4 pin), M12 x 1 (5 pin)

Pressure connection

2 x G1/8 female Approx 2%

Hysterisis

• Pmax up to 16 bar

Body material

• Adjustable

Switching contacts

2 relay or MOSFET switch outputs (isolated)

Switching function

NO or NC (programmable)

• Display normally open or normally closed (selectable)

Brass & polyamide

Brass & NBR

Wetted parts Temperature range Media

-10 °C…+70 °C

Ambient

-10 °C…+70 °C

Adjustment range in bar (tolerance)

Pmax in bar

Thread

Type

Function

S1510B066001

0…0,4

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

S1510B067001

0…0,6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

S1510B069001

0…1

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

S1510B070001

0…1,6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

S1510B072001

0…2,5

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

S1510B073001

0…4

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

S1510B074001

0…6

16

2 x G1/8 female

Diaphragm

Selectable

Part number

30 PRESSURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure switches Special types For specific customer requirements we can produce a range of pre-set

A customised pre-cabled service can be offered across the program

switches that are cabled and potted for applications where IP67 or

with a minimum order quantity of 20 pieces. Potted switches are not

IP69k may be required.

suitable for gaseous applications.

This particular method of encapsulation of the switches is suited to applications such as mobile hydraulics and the excavation market or where switches are particularly exposed to harsh climatic changes.

A selection from the wide variety of connectors we can supply

DIN 72585

BOSCH (Jet plugs)

Cannon

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Amp

Packard Packard (Weather pack) (Weather pack)

Deutsch (DT 05)

Deutsch (DT 04 - 2P)

Deutsch (DT 04 - 3P)

PRESSURE SWITCHES 31


Pressure sensors

32

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction to pressure sensors

34

General pressure sensors

35

Low pressure sensors

45

High pressure sensors

46

ATEX sensors

49

Flush diaphragm sensors

52

Refrigeration sensor

56

Refrigeration sensor

56

Differential sensors

57

USB sensor

59

Wireless sensors

60

Accessories 61

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

33


Pressure sensors Introduction to pressure sensors

OEM Automatic offer wide choice of pressure sensors and submersible sensors to suit nearly all applications including medical, mobile hydraulics and off highway. Various outputs including 4 – 20mA and 0 – 10V and measuring technologies such as SoS and thick film combined

Ceramic cell/thick film Ceramic thick film pressure measuring cells are made up of a sintered ceramic body. The ceramic body sleeve already has the key geometries for the subsequent pressure range. The membrane thickness required and thus, the pressure range required is established with grinding and lapping. The resistors are imprinted with thick film technology and interconnect to form a measuring bridge. SoS (Silicone-onSapphire) The combination of Silicon and Sapphire provides a very durable sensor. Because the silicon is grown onto the surface of the sapphire it is incredibly stable and exhibits virtually no hysteresis. With its outstanding insulation properties, the sapphire protects the strain gauge from electromagnetic pulse radiation, and allows the sensor to operate over a very wide temperature range without loss of performance. It can endure high over pressures and provides superb corrosion resistance. The excellent elasticity of the sapphire ensures high repeatability which is a highly desirable characteristic for sensors.

34 PRESSURE SENSORS

with wetted parts options from stainless steel to titanium. Gauge and absolute versions ranging from -1 up to 4000 bar with high temperature and accuracy versions available.

"Oil-filled" high-grade steel measuring cell (Isolated Piezoresistive) In this measuring cell technology, the piezo-resistive measuring cell is packaged within a metallic housing filled with fluorine or silicone oil. This means the measuring cell is virtually free of external mechanical stresses. Fluorine oil has excellent characteristics as regards temperature and ageing behaviour, and is not flammable and so lends itself perfectly to deployment in oxygen applications. It is not recommended for food applications. Bonded foil measuring cell Bonded foil pressure measuring cells are based on the same principle as a strain gauge. Four foil gauges, made from constantan on a flexible polyimide backing, are bonded to a high-grade steel diaphragm in the form of a Wheatstone bridge circuit. The diaphragm flexes and strains in response to an applied pressure and causes an electrical resistance change in the strain gauges producing a sensitivity of 2 mV/V

Piezoresistive silicon The measuring cell consists of a piezoresistive silicon sensing element without a protective membrane. The cell is packaged in a plastic housing for direct mounting to a printed circuit board. It is suitable only for air and non-corrosive/ non-ionising gases, and is typically used for very low pressure air differential pressure measurement. Output configuration The output configuration for a 4 – 20 mA signal is a 2 wire connection. For 0 – 5 V and 0 – 10 V signals, the configuration is either 3 wire or 4 wire connection (selectable). All mV outputs are 4 wire. Special output versions are available on request.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

P3297 4 – 20 mA (2 wire), 0 – 10 V (3-wire)

Output

Type P3297

8 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)

Supply voltage

Stainless steel 316 L

Body material

• Wide application range

Pressure connection

G1/4 (other threads available)

• Absolute & gauge ranges

Electrical connection

4 pin L-plug DIN EN 1755301-803 A, IP65 or Round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pin Stainless steel 316 L (from 0 – 10 bar rel.13–8PH)

Wetted parts

• Customisable

Temperature range

• UL approved

Media

-30 °C…+100 °C (optional 0…80 °C)

Ambient

-30 °C…+100 °C ≤1% FS (optional 0.5% BFSL)

Accuracy

Gauge Pressure range (bar)

DIN – Form A 4-20mA

M12 x 1 0-10V

4-20mA

0-10V

0…1

P3297B069001

P3297B069101

P3297B069002

P3297B069102

0…1.6

P3297B070001

P3297B070101

P3297B070002

P3297B070102

0…2.5

P3297B072001

P3297B072101

P3297B072002

P3297B072102

0…4

P3297B073001

P3297B073101

P3297B073002

P3297B073102

0…6

P3297B074001

P3297B074101

P3297B074002

P3297B074102

0…10

P3297B075001

P3297B075101

P3297B075002

P3297B075102

0…16

P3297B076001

P3297B076101

P3297B076002

P3297B076102

0…25

P3297B078001

P3297B078101

P3297B078002

P3297B078102

0…40

P3297B079001

P3297B079101

P3297B079002

P3297B079102

0…60

P3297B080001

P3297B080101

P3297B080002

P3297B080102

0…100

P3297B081001

P3297B081101

P3297B081002

P3297B081102

0…160

P3297B082001

P3297B082101

P3297B082002

P3297B082102

0…250

P3297B084001

P3297B084101

P3297B084002

P3297B084102

0…400

P3297B086001

P3297B086101

P3297B086002

P3297B086102

0…600

P3297B087001

P3297B087101

P3297B087002

P3297B087102

Absolute Pressure range (abs)

DIN – Form A 4-20mA

M12 x 1 0-10V

4-20mA

0-10V

0…1

P3297S069001

P3297S069101

P3297S069002

P3297S069102

0…1.6

P3297S070001

P3297S070101

P3297S070002

P3297S070102

0…2.5

P3297S072001

P3297S072101

P3297S072002

P3297S072102

0…4

P3297S073001

P3297S073101

P3297S073002

P3297S073102

0…6

P3297S074001

P3297S074101

P3297S074002

P3297S074102

0…10

P3297S075001

P3297S075101

P3297S075002

P3297S075102

0…16

P3297S076001

P3297S076101

P3297S076002

P3297S076102

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 35


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type 0601/0602 Performance series

Output Supply voltage

• Small compact sensor • Integrated connectors

0601

0602

0 – 10 V (3-wire)

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

11 – 32 V dc

9.6 – 32 V dc

Body material

Stainess steel 1.4305 (AISI 303)

Wetted parts

Stainess steel (as above), ceramic, NBR, EPDM,or FKM

Temperature range

NBR -30 °C…+100 °C, EPDM -30 °C…+125 °C, FKM -20 °C…+125 °C

Media

• Ceramic sensor

Ambient

• Stainless steel housing, others on request

-30 °C.…+100 °C ±1% FS/ ±0.5% BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

0

6

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0 – 10 V 3 wire

0

1

4 – 20 mA 2 wire

0

2

0 – 2 bar

2

0

0

0 – 4 bar

4

0

0

0 – 10 bar

1

0

1

0 – 16 bar

1

6

1

0 – 40 bar

4

0

1

0 – 100 bar

1

0

2

G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E

4

1

NPT 1/4

0

9

X

X

X

X

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

1

3

M12x1 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

AMP Superseal 1.5

0

0

7

Deutsch DT04-3P

0

1

0

Output

Pressure range

Pressure connection

Seal material – application areas NBR – Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc

1

EPDM – Brake fluid,, water, acetylene, hydrogen, etc

2

FKM – Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasolene etc

3

Electrical connection (see below)

Connectors:

0 1 3 DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)

36 PRESSURE SENSORS

0 0 2

0 0 4

0 0 7

0 1 0

M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

AMP Superseal

Deutsch DT04-3P

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type GS400X/GS410X

GS40XX

Output Supply voltage

• Ceramic thick film or bonded foil strain gauge

GS41XX

4 – 20 mA

0 – 10 V dc

0 – 5 V dc

2 mV/V

13 – 36 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

5 – 15 V dc

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 303 stainless steeel, alumina & nitrile seal (up to 20 bar) 17/4PH & SAE 303 stainless steel (above 20 bar)

Temperature range

• Gauge & absolute pressure

Media

• All stainless steel construction

Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.4% of span BFSL

Accuracy

• Micro DIN connector

-20 °C…+85 °C

Part number key Type

G

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Model above 20 bar

0

0

0

Model above 20 bar

0

0

1

0 – 10 V dc

Model above 20 bar

0

0

2

4 – 20 mA

Model above 20 bar

0

0

3

2 mV/V

Model up to 20 bar

1

0

0

0 – 5 V dc

Model up to 20 bar

1

0

1

0 – 10 V dc

Model up to 20 bar

1

0

2

4 – 20 mA

Model up to 20 bar

1

0

3

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…0.5

0

0

.

5

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…700

0

7

0

0

Output

Ranges

2 mV/V 0 – 5 V dc

S

4

X

X

X

Electrical conection Micro DIN plug and socket

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m IP67 gland

C

Pressure range bar Gauge

Absolute 0…0.5

0

.

5

A

0…1

0

0

1

A

0…1.6

1

.

6

A

0…2.5

2

.

5

A

0…4

0

0

4

A

0…6

0

0

6

A

0…10

0

1

0

A

0…16

0

1

6

A

0…25

0

2

5

A

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

NPT 1/4

A

M

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 37


Pressure sensors General purpose

Type P3354/P3355 Mobile hydraulics

• Mobile hydraulics • Optional electrical connectors • Compact design

Technical data

P3354

Supply voltage

10 – 36 V dc

Body material

Fibre re-enforced plastic (PBT) G 1/4 E (other threads available)

Pressure connection

Round connector M12x1 (4 pin)

Electrical connection

Stainless steel 1.4435 and 1.4542

Wetted parts Temperature range

• Optional outputs available

Media

-40 °C…+125 °C

Ambient

-40 °C…+100 °C

Accuracy

Pressure range (bar)

1% FS (0.5% BFSL)/2% FS (≤1% BFSL) for ranges below 16 bar

(M12 x 1 and 4–20 mA)

0...6

P3355B074002

0...10

P3355B075002

0...16

P3355B076002

0...25

P3355B078002

0...40

P3355B079002

0...60

P3354B080002

0...100

P3354B081002

0...160

P3354B082002

0...250

P3354B084002

0...400

P3354B086002

0...600

P3354B087002

38 PRESSURE SENSORS

P3355 4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

Output

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type 07XX High performance series

Output

0710

0720

0 – 10 V (3 wire)

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

12 – 32 V dc

10 – 32 V dc

5 V dc ±10% max 6.5 V dc

Supply voltage

• High overpressure for use in mobile hydraulics

0705 0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4305

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4305/SAE grade 303 titanium

Temperature range

• SoS technology for highest accuracy • Customised versions on request

Media

-40 °C…+125 °C

Ambient

-40 °C…+100 °C ±0.5% FS/ ±0.25% BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

0

7

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric

0

5

0 – 10 V 3 wire

1

0

4 – 20 mA 2 wire

2

0

0…10 bar

1

0

1

0…16 bar

1

6

1

0…25 bar

2

5

1

0…40 bar

4

0

1

0…60 bar

6

0

1

0…100 bar

1

0

2

0…160 bar

1

6

2

0…250 bar

2

5

2

0…400 bar

4

0

2

0…600 bar

6

0

2

G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E

4

1

G 1/4 – DIN 33852-A

0

3

NPT 1/8 (max 250 bar)

0

4

NPT 1/4

0

9

M 10 x 1 tap DIN 3852-A (max 250 bar)

3

0

7/16-20 UNF (max 250 bar)

2

0

9/16-18 UNF

2

1

M 14x1.5 - DIN 3852-E

4

2

B

X

X

X

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

0

1

M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

AMP Superseal 1.5

0

0

7

Deutsch DT04-4P

0

0

8

Deutsch DT04-3P

0

1

0

Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)

0

1

1

Output

Pressure range

Pressure connection

Pressure unit

B

Electrical connection (see below)

Connectors:

0 0 1 DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)

0 0 2

0 0 4

0 0 7

0 0 8

M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

AMP Superseal

Deutsch DT04-4P

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

0 1 0 Deutsch DT04-3P

0 1 1 Cable

PRESSURE SENSORS 39


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type P3276

P3276 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire) & 0 – 10 V (3-wire)

Output

10 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)

Supply voltage

Stainless steel 1.4571

Body material

G 1/2 internal diaphragm

Pressure connection

• Internal diaphragm

4-pin L-plug DIN EN

Electrical connection

• Low pressure ranges

Stainless steel 1.4571

Wetted parts

• Corrosion resisitant

Temperature range Media

• Relative & absolute pressure

-30 °C…+100 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+80 °C ≤0.5 FS (optional 0.25% FS)

Accuracy

Pressure range (bar)

Gauge

Absolute

G1/2 B internal flush diaphragm

G1/2 B internal diaphragm

4…20mA

0…10VDC

-0,1…1

P3276B011001

P3276B011101

4…20mA

0…10VDC

-0,25…0

P3276B013001

P3276B013101

-0,4…0

P3276B014001

P3276B014101

-0,6…0

P3276B015001

P3276B015101

-1…0

P3276B016001

P3276B016101

-1…+1,5

P3276B043001

P3276B043101

-1…+5

P3276B045001

P3276B045101

0…0,1

P3276B063001

P3276B063101

0…0,25

P3276B065001

P3276B065101

0…0,4

P3276B066001

P3276B066101

P3276S065401

P3276S065411

0…0,6

P3276B067001

P3276B067101

0…1

P3276B069001

0…1,6

P3276B070001

P3276B069101

P3276S069401

P3276S069411

P3276B070101

P3276S070401

0…2,5

P3276S070411

P3276B072001

P3276B072101

P3276S072401

P3276S072411

0…4

P3276B073001

P3276B073101

P3276S073401

P3276S073411

0…6

P3276B074001

P3276B074101

P3276S074401

P3276S074411

0…10

P3276B075001

P3276B075101

P3276S075401

P3276S075411

0…16

P3276B076001

P3276B076101

P3276S076401

P3276S076411

0…25

P3276B078001

P3276B078101

0…40

P3276B079001

P3276B080611

0…60

P3276B080601

P3276B080611

0…100

P3276B081601

P3276B081611

0…160

P3276B082601

P3276B082611

0…250

P3276B084601

P3276B084611

0…400

P3276B086601

P3276B086611

0…600

P3276B087601

P3276B087611

0…1000

P3276B088601

P3276B088611

40 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

PR31XX

Type PR31XX Standard pressure Output Supply voltage

• Gauge & absolute pressure • Ceramic thick film or bonded foil strain gauge

PR3100

PR3101

PR3102

PR3103

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

2 mV/V typical (4-wire)

0–5V (4-wire)

0 – 10 V (4-wire)

13 – 36 V dc

10 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

Body material

SAE316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 316 stainless steeel, alumina & nitrile seal (up to 20 bar) 17/4PH & SAE 316 stainless steel (above 20 bar)

Temperature range

• Wide pressure range

Media Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.3% of span BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

P

R

3

1

X

X

4 – 20 mA 2 wire

0

0

2 mV/V 4 wire

0

1

0 – 5 V 4 wire

0

2

0 – 10 V 4 wire

0

3

X

X

X

X

X

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…2,5

0

2

.

5

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…600

0

6

0

0

0…1000

1

0

0

0

0…1

0

0

1

A

0…1,6

1

.

6

A

0…2.5

2

.

5

A

0…4

0

0

4

A

0…6

0

0

6

A

0…10

0

1

0

A

0…16

0

1

6

A

0…25

0

2

5

A

X

X

Output

Electrical conection/option DIN 43650 plug and socket

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug & socket

EX

Pressure range bar

ABS range bar

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

G 1/2

A

C

NPT 1/4

A

M

NPT 1/2

A

N

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 41


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type GS42XX

GS42XX

Output Supply voltage

• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Outstanding performance and stability

4 – 20 mA

0 – 10 V dc

0 – 5 V dc

0 – 10 mV/V

10 – 36 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

10 mV/V (5 – 15 V)

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

Titanium alloy

Temperature range Media

• Full vacuum & up to 0…1500 bar

Ambient

• Titanium wetted parts

-50 °C…+125 °C -40 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.25% of span BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

G

S

4

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…0,5

0

0

.

5

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…2,5

0

2

.

5

0…6

0

0

0

6

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…16

0

0

1

6

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

0…600

0

6

0

0

0…1000

1

0

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

X

X

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wire

2

0

0

10 mV/V

4 wire

2

0

1

4 wire

2

0

2

3 wire

2

1

2

4 wire

2

0

3

3 wire

2

1

3

0 – 5 V dc 0 – 10 V dc Electrical connection

DIN 43650 plug and socket

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug & socket

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

G 1/2

A

C

NPT 1/4

A

M

NPT 1/2

A

N

42 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type 06XX Versatile series

Output

• Suitable for seawater applications

0680

0690

0 – 10 V (3 wire)

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

12 – 32 V dc

10 – 32 V dc

5 V dc ±10% max 6.5 V dc

Supply voltage

• Vacuum applications

0675 0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4404

Wetted parts

S/S 1.4305/AISI 303, S/S 1.4404/AISI 316L, NBR or FKM

Temperature range Media

• Measuring cell filled with oil

NBR -40 °C…+100 °C, FKM -20 °C…+125 °C

Ambient

-40 °C…+100 °C ±0.5% FS/ ±0.25% BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

0

6

X

X

X

X

X

0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric

7

5

0 – 10 V 3 wire

8

0

4 – 20 mA 2 wire

9

0

-1…0 bar (Vacuum approx -29.6 inHG)

0

0

0

0…1 bar

1

0

0

0…4 bar

4

0

0

0…6 bar

6

0

0

0…10 bar

1

0

1

0…16 bar

1

6

1

0…40 bar

4

0

1

0…100 bar

1

0

2

4

1

4

1

X

X

X

X

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

1

3

M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)

0

1

1

Output

Pressure range

Pressure connection G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E Seal material – application areas NBR – Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc

1

FKM – Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasolene etc

3

Electrical connection (see below)

Connectors:

0 1

3

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

0 0 2

0 0 4

M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0 1 1 Cable

PRESSURE SENSORS 43


Pressure sensors General purpose

Technical data

Type 06XX Versatile series

Output Supply voltage

• Suitable for hydrogen and oxygen applications

0645

0650

0660

0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric

0 – 10 V (3 wire)

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

5 V dc ±10% max 6.5 V dc

12 – 32 V dc

10 – 32 V dc

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4404/AISI 316L, NBR or FKM

Temperature range

• Measuring cell filled with oil

Media

NBR -40 °C…+100 °C, FKM -20 °C…+125 °C

Ambient

• High overpressure protection

-40 °C…+100 °C ±0.5% FS/ ±0.25% BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

0

6

X

X

X

X

X

0.5 – 4.5 V ratiometric

4

5

0 – 10 V 3 wire

5

0

4 – 20 mA 2 wire

6

0

-1…0 bar (Vacuum approx -29.6 inHG)

0

0

0

0…1 bar

1

0

0

0…4 bar

4

0

0

0…6 bar

6

0

0

0…10 bar

1

0

1

0…16 bar

1

6

1

0…40 bar

4

0

1

0…100 bar

1

0

2

4

1

4

1

X

X

X

X

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A), Socket device included

0

1

3

M 12 – DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

0

0

2

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0

0

4

Cable (standard length of cable 2 m)

0

1

1

Output

Pressure range

Pressure connection G 1/4 – DIN 33852-E Seal material – application areas NBR – Hydraulic/machine oil, heating oil, air, nitrogen, etc

1

FKM – Hydraulic fluids (HFA, HFB, HFD), petrol/gasolene etc

3

Electrical connection (see below)

Connectors:

0 1

3

DIN EN 175301-803-A (DIN 43650-A)

44 PRESSURE SENSORS

0 0 2

0 0 4

M 12 DIN EN 61076-2-101 A

Bayonet ISO 15170-A1-4.1 (DIN 72585-A1-4.1)

0 1 1 Cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors Low pressure LP10XX

Technical data

LP1000

LP1001/1011 LP1002/1012

Output

10 mV (4-wire)

0–5V (3 or 4 wire)

0 – 10 V (3 or 4 wire)

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

Supply voltage

10 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

10– 36 V dc

SAE 316L stainless steel

Body material

• Piezoresistive silicon or isolated piezoresistive silicon

LP1003

<100 mbar: SAE 316 S/S, Nitrile O ring & silicon

Wetted parts

>100 mbar: SAE 316 S/S, Nitrile O ring

Temperature range

• 0…50 mbar to 0…500 mbar

Media

• Wide operating temperature range

Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.5% of span BFSL

Accuracy

• Zero & span adjustment

-20 °C…+85 °C

Part number key Type

L

P

X

X

X

X

4 wires

1

0

0

0

4 wires

1

0

0

1

3 wires

1

0

1

1

4 wires

1

0

0

2

3 wires

1

0

1

2

2 wires

1

0

0

3

X

X

X

X

X

0…50

0

0

5

0

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…500

0

5

0

0

X

X

Output 0 – 10 mV/V 0 – 5 V dc

0 – 10 V dc 4 – 20 mA

Electrical connection DIN EN175301 plug and socket

-

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

Pressure range (mbar)

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

G 1/2

A

C

NPT 1/4

A

M

NPT 1/2

A

N

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 45


Pressure sensors High pressure

Technical data

Type HP1XXX

• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Up to 4000 bar

HP1000/1100

HP1XX1

HP1XX2

HP1003/1103

Output

10 mV/V (4-wire)

0–5V (3 or 4 wire)

0 – 10 V (3 or 4 wire)

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

Supply voltage

10 V dc (5 – 15 V)

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

10– 36 V dc

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

All fluids compatible with titanium alloy

Temperature range Media

• Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)

Ambient

-40 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.25% of span BFSL

Accuracy

• Industry standard high pressure fitting

-50 °C…+125 °C

Part number key Type

H

P

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0…600

0

6

0

0

0…1000

1

0

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

0…2000

2

0

0

0

0…3000

3

0

0

0

0…4000

4

0

0

0

X

X

D

E

Output 0…10 mV/V

0…5 V dc

0…10 V dc

4 – 20 mA

To 2000 bar

4 wires

1

0

0

0

Above 2000 bar

4 wires

1

1

0

0

To 2000 bar

4 wires

1

0

0

1

Above 2000 bar

4 wires

1

1

0

1

To 2000 bar

3 wires

1

0

1

1

Above 2000 bar

3 wires

1

1

1

1

To 2000 bar

4 wires

1

0

0

2

Above 2000 bar

4 wires

1

1

0

2

To 2000 bar

3 wires

1

0

1

2

Above 2000 bar

3 wires

1

1

1

2

To 2000 bar

2 wires

1

0

0

3

Above 2000 bar

2 wires

1

1

0

3

Electrical connection DIN EN175301 plug and socket

-

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket (4 – 20 mA)

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection Autoclave F-250-C female

46 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors High precision sensor

Technical data

Type HI20XX

Output Supply voltage

• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Pressure range up to 1500 bar

HI2000/HI2010

HI2XX1/HI2XX4

HI2XX2/HI2XX5

10 mV/V (4 wire)

0–5V (4 or 3 wire)

0 – 10 V (4 or 3 wire)

10 V dc (5 – 15 V)

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

Titanium alloy

Temperature range

• Titanium wetted parts

Media

• High thermal stability

Ambient

-40 °C…+85 °C -50 °C…+125 °C ≤ ±0.1% of span BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

H

I

X

X

X

X

Cable outlet 1m PTFE 4 wire

2

0

0

0

Cable outlet 1m PTFE 4 wire

2

0

0

1

Cable outlet 1m PTFE 3 wire

2

0

0

4

Cable outlet 1m PTFE 4 wire

2

0

0

2

Cable outlet 1m PTFE 3 wire

2

0

0

5

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wire

2

0

1

0

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wire

2

0

1

1

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 3 wire

2

0

1

4

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wire

2

0

1

2

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 3 wire

2

0

1

5

X

X

X

X

0…1

V

0

0

1

0…0,5

0

0

.

5

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…700

0

7

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

X

X

Output 10-20 mV/V 0–5V

0 – 10 V 10 mV/V 0–5V

0 – 10 V

Electrical connection No special option required ATEX/IECEx certified (HI2000 & HI2010 only)

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

NPT 1/4

A

M

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 47


Pressure sensors High temperature sensor

Technical data

Type HI22XX

Output

• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Up to 1500 bar

HI2200/HI2210

HI2300/HI2310

10 – 20 mV/V (Unrationalised & uncompensated)

10 mV/V (Rationalised & compensated)

Supply voltage

10 V dc (5 – 15 V)

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

Titanium alloy

Temperature range

• High operating ambient & media temperature up to 200 ºC

Media Ambient

• Optional ATEX approved version

-50 °C…+200 °C -40 °C…+200 °C ≤ ±0.1% of span BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

H

I

X

X

X

X

1m PTFE insulated flying lead 4 wires

2

2

0

0

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wires

2

2

1

0

1m PTFE insulated flying lead 4 wires

2

3

0

0

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet 4 wires

2

3

1

0

X

X

X

X

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…60

0

0

6

0

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

0…1000

1

0

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

X

X

Output 10-20 mV/V

10 mV/V

Electrical connection 1m PTFE insulated flying lead (HI2200, HI2300)

-

MIL-C-26482 6 pin bayonet (HI2210, HI2310)

-

Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

NPT 1/4

A

M

48 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors ATEX applications

Technical data

Type PEX10/PEX11

PEX10

Supply voltage

10 – 30 V dc

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4571 G1/2 (EN 837) internal diaphragm

• High accuracy

Pressure connection

• Good repeatability

Electrical connection

• Internal & flush diaphragm

Wetted parts

G1 – G1/2 flush diaphragm with O-ring

4 pin L-plug DIN EN Stainless steel 1.4571

Stainless steel 1.4571 & NBR

Temperature range

• Exia/I/IIC T6 acc. to ATEX

Media

-20 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+80 °C ±0.5% FS (option 0.25 BFSL)

Accuracy Explosion proof protection type ATEX

Range (bar)

PEX11 4 – 20 mA, 2 wire

Output

EEx ia I/IIC T4-T6 (BVS 08 ATEX E 067 X) category 1G, 1/2G, 2G, 1D, 1/2D, 2D, M1, M2

Internal diaphragm

Pressure connection

Flush diaphragm

Pressure connection

0…0,1

PEX10B063001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0063001

G1 flush

0…0,16

PEX10B064001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0064001

G1 flush

0…0,25

PEX10B065001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0065001

G1 flush

0…0,4

PEX10B066001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0066001

G1 flush

0…0,6

PEX10B067001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0067001

G1 flush

0…1

PEX10B069001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0069001

G1 flush

0…1,6

PEX10B070001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0070001

G1 flush

0…2.5

PEX10B072001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0072001

G1/2 flush

0…4

PEX10B073001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0073001

G1/2 flush

0…6

PEX10B074001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0074001

G1/2 flush

0…10

PEX10B075001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0075001

G1/2 flush

0…16

PEX10B076001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0076001

G1/2 flush

0…25

PEX10B078001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0078001

G1/2 flush

0…40

PEX10B079001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0079001

G1/2 flush

0…60

PEX10B080001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0080001

G1/2 flush

0…100

PEX10B081001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0081001

G1/2 flush

0…160

PEX10B082001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0082001

G1/2 flush

0…250

PEX10B084001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0084001

G1/2 flush

0…400

PEX10B086001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0086001

G1/2 flush

0…600

PEX10B087001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0087001

G1/2 flush

0…1000

PEX10B088001

G1/2 internal

PEX11B0088001

G1/2 flush

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 49


Pressure sensors ATEX/IECEx applications Type GS4200EX

• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology • Outstanding performance and stability

Technical data

GS4200EX

Output

4 – 20 mA

Supply voltage

10 – 36 V dc

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

Titanium alloy

Temperature range Media

• -1…0 mbar up to 0…1500 bar ranges

Ambient

-50 °C…+125 °C -40 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.25% of span BFSL

Accuracy

DIN 43650 plug and socket

Electrical connection

Part number key Type

G

S

4

2

0

0

2

0

0

E

X

X

X

X

X

E

X

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…0,5

0

0

.

5

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…2,5

0

2

.

5

0…6

0

0

0

6

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…16

0

0

1

6

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

0…600

0

6

0

0

0…1000

1

0

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

X

X

Output 4 – 20 mA Electrical connection ATEX certified with DIN 43650 plug and socket (4 – 20 mA) Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

G 1/2

A

C

NPT 1/4

A

M

NPT 1/2

A

N

50 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors ATEX/IECEx applications Type PR3110

• Gauge & absolute pressures

Technical data

PR3110EX

Output

4 – 20 mA

Supply voltage

13 – 36 V dc

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 316L stainless steel and NBR

Temperature range

• Isolated piezoresistive silicon

Media

• ATEX/IECEx zone 1, zone 20 & group 1 mining

Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ≤ ±0.3% of span BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

P

R

3

1

1

0

-

X

X

X

X

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…200

0

2

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…300

0

3

0

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

0…500

0

5

0

0

0…500 mbar Absolute

0

.

5

A

0…600

0

6

0

0

0…750

0

7

5

0

0…900

0

9

0

0

0…900 mbar Absolute

0

.

9

A

A

C

Output 4 – 20 mA

0

Electrical connection ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket

EX

Pressure range (mbar)

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

G 1/2

A

C

NPT 1/4

A

M

NPT 1/2

A

N

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 51


Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm

Technical data

Type P3251

P3251 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire) & 0 – 10 V (3-wire)

Output

10 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)

Supply voltage

Stainless steel 1.4571

Body material

G 1/2 & G 1 flush diaphragm

Pressure connection

• Flush diaphragm

4-pin L-plug DIN EN

Electrical connection

• Built in 'O' ring

Stainless steel 1.4571

Wetted parts

• Output options

Temperature range

• Gauge & absolute pressures

Media

-30 °C…+100 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+80 °C ≤0.5 FS

Accuracy

Gauge G 1 flush diaphragm with O-ring (Bar) 4…20 mA

0…10 V dc

-0,1…0

P3251B011001

P3251B011101

-0,25…0

P3251B013001

P3251B013101

-0,4…0

P3251B014001

P3251B014101

-0,6…0

P3251B015001

P3251B015101

-1…0

P3251B016001

P3251B016101

Absolute

G 1/2 flush diaphragm with O-ring (Bar) 4…20 mA

0…10 V dc

-1…+1,5

P3251B043001

P3251B043101

-1…+5

P3251B045001

P3251B045101

G 1 flush diaphragm with O-ring (S) 4…20 mA

0…10 V dc

0…0,1

P3251B063001

P3251B063101

0…0,25

P3251B065001

P3251B065101

P3251S065401

P3251S065411

0…0,4

P3251B066001

P3251B066101

P3251S066401

P3251S066411

0…0,6

P3251B067001

P3251B067101

0…1

P3251B069001

P3251B069101

P3251S069401

P3251S069411

0…1,6

P3251B070001

P3251B070101

P3251S070401

P3251S070411

G 1/2 flush diaphragm with O-ring (S) 4…20 mA

0…10 V dc

0…2,5

P3251B072001

P3251B072101

P3251S072401

P3251S072411

0…4

P3251B073001

P3251B073101

P3251S073401

P3251S073411

0…6

P3251B074001

P3251B074101

P3251S074401

P3251S074411

0…10

P3251B075001

P3251B075101

P3251S075401

P3251S075411

0…16

P3251B076001

P3251B076101

P3251S076401

P3251S076411

0…25

P3251B078001

P3251B078101

0…40

P3251B079001

P3251B080611

0…60

P3251B080601

P3251B080611

0…100

P3251B081601

P3251B081611

0…160

P3251B082601

P3251B082611

0…250

P3251B084601

P3251B084611

0…400

P3251B086601

P3251B086611

0…600

P3251B087601

P3251B087611

52 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm

Technical data

Type PR385X

Output

PR3851

PR3852

0 – 5 V (4-wire)

0 – 10 V (4-wire)

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 36 V dc

Supply voltage

• Stainless steel 316L

PR3850 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 316L stainless steel

Temperature range

• Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)

-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ±0.30% FS

Accuracy

• Various electrical connections

Media Ambient

Part number key Type

P

R

3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0…4

0

0

0

4

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

G 1/2 with flush membrane

B

A

G 1 with flush membrane (PR385x only)

B

C

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wires

8

5

0

0 – 5 V dc

4 wires

8

5

1

0 – 10 V dc

4 wires

8

5

2

Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket

-

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M 12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 53


Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm

Technical data Output

Type PR386X

PR3861

PR3862

0 – 5 V (4-wire)

0 – 10 V (4-wire)

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 36 V dc

Supply voltage

• Stainless steel 316L

PR3860 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 316L stainless steel

Temperature range

• High temperature (250 °C) • Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)

Media

-20 °C…+250 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+250 °C ±0.30% FS

Accuracy

Part number key Type

P

R

3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

X

X

B

A

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wires

8

6

0

0 – 5 V dc

4 wires

8

6

1

0 – 10 V dc

4 wires

8

6

2

Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket

-

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M 12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/2 with flush membrane

54 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors Flush diaphragm

Technical data

Type PR380X/PR382X

Output

PR3801

PR3802

0 – 5 V (4-wire)

0 – 10 V (4-wire)

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 36 V dc

Supply voltage

• Range of sanitary grade fittings

PR3800 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 316L stainless steel

Temperature range

• Optional ATEX approved version • Vacuum range

Media

-20…+85 °C

Ambient

-20…+85 °C ±0.30% FS

Accuracy

Pipe clamp (tri-clover)

Pressure connection Technical data Output

PR3820

PR3821

PR3822

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

0 – 5 V (4-wire)

0 – 10 V (4-wire)

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 36 V dc

Supply voltage Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Wetted parts

SAE 316L stainless steel

Temperature range -20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+85 °C ±0.30% FS

Accuracy Pressure connection

Part number key

Media Ambient

DIN 11851 female

Pipe clamp (tri-clover)

Type

P

R

3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…1

0

0

1

1

0…2.5

0

2

.

5

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…16

0

0

1

6

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…40

0

0

4

0

Pipe clamp (Tri-clover) 1.5" 316L Stainless steel

B

G

Pipe clamp (Tri-clover) 2" 316L Stainless steel

B

H

X

X

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wires

8

0

0

0 – 5 V dc

4 wires

8

0

1

0 – 10 V dc

4 wires

8

0

2

Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket

-

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M 12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket (4 – 20 mA)

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection

Part number key

DIN 11851 female

Type

P

R

3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…1

0

0

1

1

0…2.5

0

2

.

5

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…16

0

0

1

6

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…40

0

0

4

0

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wires

8

2

0

0 – 5 V dc

4 wires

8

2

1

0 – 10 V dc

4 wires

8

2

2

Electrical connection/option DIN EN175301 plug and socket

-

Cable outlet 1 m screened

A

M 12 connector

B

Cable outlet 1 m screened IP67 protection

C

ATEX/IECEx certified with DIN EN175301 plug and socket

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection RJT 38mm female 316L Stainless steel

B

J

DIN11851 female 32mm Stainless steel

B

R

SMS 40mm female 316 Stainless steel

B

V

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 55


Pressure sensors Refrigeration sensor

Technical data

Type P3307 Brass

P3307 4 – 20 mA, 2 wire (other outputs available)

Output

7 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

Brass

Body material

7/16-20 UNF with schrader opener

Pressure connection

• HVAC sensor • Refrigerant compatibility • Negative & positive pressures • Specific pressure ranges available

Round plug connector M12 x 1, 4-pin

Electrical connection Wetted parts

Brass, ceramic, Al203 96%, O-ring CR70 (Chloropren)

Resistance against refrigerant

R12, R22, R134a, R404a, R407c, R410a, R502, R507

Temperature range Media

-40 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-25 °C…+80 °C ≤2% of measurement span

Accuracy

Part number

Pressure range (bar)

Pressure connection

Output signal

P3307B117001

-1...0...+7

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B046001

-1...0...+9

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B049001

-1...0...+15

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B052001

-1...0...25+

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B077001

0...20

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B078001

0…25

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B133001

0...30

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

P3307B079001

0...40

7/16-20UNF with Schrader opener

4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

Refrigeration sensor

Technical data

P3308 Stainless steel

P3308 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire) & 0 – 10 V (3-wire)

Output

7 – 30 V dc (4 – 20 mA) & 14 – 30 V dc (0 – 10 V)

Supply voltage

Stainless steel 316L

Body material

• HVAC sensor • High chemical resistance • Negative & positive pressures

Pressure connection

7/16-20 UNF with schrader opener

Electrical connection

Round plug connector M12 x 1, 4-pin Stainless steel 318L

Wetted parts Temperature range Media

• Specific pressure ranges available

Ambient Accuracy

-40 °C…+80 °C -25 °C…+80 °C ≤2% of measurement span

Part number 4 – 20 mA 2-wire

Part number 0…10 V 3-wire

-1...+7

P3308B117001

P3308B117101

-1...+9

P3308B046001

P3308B046101

-1...+15

P3308B049001

P3308B049101

-1...+25

P3308B052001

P3308B052101

0...20

P3308B077001

P3308B077101

0...30

P3308B133001

P3308B133101

0...40

P3308B079001

P3308B079101

Pressure range (bar)

56 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors Differential pressure

Technical data

Type PR320X

PR3200

PR3202

PR3203

PR3204

Output

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

4 – 20 mA (2 wire)

0–5V (3 wire)

0 – 10 V (3 wire)

Supply voltage

10– 36 V dc

10– 36 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

13 – 30 V dc

Body material

• 0 – 5 mbar up to 200 bar

SAE 304 SS & titanium alloy

Wetted parts

• Optional ATEX approved version (4 – 20 mA)

Temperature range Media -20 °C…+85 °C

• 4 mm hose or G 1/4 connections

Ambient -20 °C…+85 °C

-20 °C…+70 °C -20 °C…+70 °C ±0.30% FS

Accuracy

Part number key

Nickel plated brass, silicone tubing, silicone diaphragm, glass filled polyiamide

PR3200

Type

P

R

3

2

0

0

2

0

0

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…50

0

0

5

0

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…200

0

2

0

0

1/4 female (PR3200 only)

A

R

1/4 NPT female (PR3200 only)

A

S

X

X

4.8 mm tube connection (push-on stem) (PR3202, PR3203, PR3204 only)

A

W

G 1/4 (PR3202, PR3203, PR3204 only)

A

B

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wires

Electrical connection/option DIN 43650 plug and socket

-

ATEX/IECEx certified (4 – 20 mA)

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection

Part number key

PR320X

Type

P

R

3

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…5

0

0

0

5

0…50

0

0

5

0

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…500

0

5

0

0

Output 4 – 20 mA

2 wires

2

0

2

0 – 5 V dc

3 wires

2

0

3

0 – 10 V dc

3 wires

2

0

4

Electrical connection/option PG7 cable gland

-

Pressure range mbar

Process connection

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 57


Pressure sensors For low and differential pressure Type P3317

Technical data

P3317 4 – 20 mA, (2-wire)

Output

15 – 30 V dc

Supply voltage

Plastic

Body material

• 0…1 to 0…1000 mbar range • 2 x 4 mm hose connections • Optional display

2 x hose connector (4 mm)

Pressure connection

PG 7 cable gland

Electrical connection

Only to be used with dry non-aggressive gasses

Wetted parts Temperature range

Accuracy

Media

-20 °C …+50 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+50 °C ≤0.6% of span

Without digital display

With digital display

2 x hose connector for 4 mm

2 x hose connector for 4 mm

Pressure range (DP) mbar

4…20mA (2-wire)

4…20mA (2-wire)

0…1

P3317M053001

P3317M053401

0…2,5

P3317M055001

P3317M055401

0…5

P3317M915001

P3317M915401

0…10

P3317M058001

P3317M058401

0…25

P3317M060001

P3317M060401

0…50

P3317M744001

P3317M744401

0…100

P3317M063001

P3317M063401

0…250

P3317M065001

P3317M065401

0…500

P3317M187001

P3317M187401

0…1000

P3317M095001

P3317M095401

58 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors USB sensor

Technical data

Type GS4200USB

USB 1.1 & USB 2.0 compatible

Output Supply voltage

5 V dc via USB bus

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

• Silicon-on-Sapphire sensor technology

Pressure connection

See table below

• USB 1.1/2.0 full speed compatible

Electrical connection

Mating to USB mini & mini B socket Titanium alloy

Wetted parts

• ESI-USB© software supplied

Temperature range

• Create customised test certificates

Media

-50 °C…+125 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C ±0.15% FS

Accuracy

Part number key Type

G

S

4

2

0

0

U

S

B

X

X

X

X

-1…2,5

0

0…16

0

2

.

5

0

1

0…100

6

0

1

0

0

0…400

0

4

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

0…2000

2

0

0

0

0…4000

4

0

0

0

X

X

Output USB 1.1 and USB 2.0 full speed connection Electrical connection Mating to USB mini B socket Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/4

A

B

NPT 1/4

A

M

Autoclave F-250-C female (for pressure above 1500 bar)

D

E

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE SENSORS 59


Pressure sensors Wireless sensors

Technical data

Type PR9500

PR9500 Wireless 433.92 MHz

Output

• Licence free radio transmission • Full stainless steel housing

Supply voltage

3.2 V dc lithium lhionyl chloride battery or 8 – 30 V dc supply

Body material

SAE 316L stainless steel

Pressure connection

G 1/2 or NPT 1/2

Electrical connection

4 – 8 mm cable gland SAE 316L stainless steel & titanium alloy diaphragm

Wetted parts Temperature range

• Up to 1500 bar

Media Ambient

-20 °C…+125 °C -20 °C…+55 °C ≤ ±0.3% of span BFSL

Accuracy

Part number key Type

P

R

9

5

0

0

X

X

X

X

X

-1…0

V

0

0

1

0…0,5

0

0

.

5

0…1

0

0

0

1

0…10

0

0

1

0

0…25

0

0

2

5

0…100

0

1

0

0

0…250

0

2

5

0

0…700

0

7

0

0

0…1500

1

5

0

0

X

X

A

C

Output Radio transmission, radio receiver 2 wires Electrical conection/option Cable gland IP68

-

M20 conduit

M

Pressure range bar

Process connection G 1/2

Wireless receiver Type RX9500

Electrical connections

Technical data

Dimensions (mm)

100

FM receiver

Sensitivity

-110dBm (range of 200m line-of-sight)

Identification address

200

128 seconds before alarm output is activated

Alarm output

Open drain switch, maximum current 250mA

Analogue output

Resolution Power requirements 120

Mounting detail

Current requirements Housing Dimensions

LINK Vac Vac 230 V ac/50Hz

-I out +I out -V out +V out -Alarm +Alarm -Battery +Battery

Weight PX921-R Metal lath and plaster wall

Operating temperature Storage temperature Antenna

Wooden block 50 mm minimum

4-20mA, 0.2-2.0Vdc 8.5Vdc Better than 0.05% (12 Bit) 10/240V, 50-60Hz or 10.5-30Vdc 32mAdc High impact polycarbonate, rated to IP65 200 x 120 x 75mm Approx. 2lbs -10ºC…+60ºC -20ºC…+65ºC ¼ wave helical in plastic moulding

Rf connector

External BNC

Cable entry

IP65 nylon cable gland for cable diameter 4-8mm

Electrical connections Wire size

60 PRESSURE SENSORS

8 Bit, 256 selectable combinations

Communication watchdog

Output compliance

75

Order code: RX9500

Radio type

Screw terminal plug and socket From 0.5 – 1.5 mm For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure sensors Pressure sensors accessories Cooling coil adapter

The ADHT Cooling coil adaptor provides thermal isolation for pressure sensors from hot liquid or gas media. It is an ideal solution for applications where the media temperature exceeds the rating of a pressure sensor. The Cooling Coil adapter will reduce the temperature of the media approximately one fifth before it makes contact with the transducer sensing element. The ADHT can be used with media up to 200 °C and with pressure ranges up to 400bar max. Constructed entirely from 316L stainless steel, it offers a simple yet effective solution to high temperature applications when used with ESI pressure sensors.

Part number

Connection to sensor

Process connection

ADHT25

1/4 female

1/4 male DIN3852-A

ADHT25-E

1/4 female

1/4 male DIN3852-E with FKM gasket

ADHT50

1/4 female

1/2 male

Pressure sensors accessories Plug-in display

The PM1000 series is a 4 digit LED plug-on display for use with sensors with 4 – 20 mA 2 wire output and fitted with DIN43650 connector. It provides a local display for a multitude of applications. The plug-on display simply fits between the sensor plug and connecting cable socket and is powered from the 4 – 20 mA current loop signal of the transmitter. No additional power source is required.

Part number

Output

PM1000

Standard plug-in display

PM1001

Plug-in display with single set point

Pressure sensors accessories Cooling element

Intended to protect the pressure instrument from high process temperature. The cooling element recommended with directly mounted instruments at process temperatures in excess of 100 °C. Due to circulating air and thermal radiation the cooling element leads to cooling the liquid media and reduces the heating of the gauge. Increased medium temperature can lead to wrong measured values and to the damage of the pressure gauge.

• PN400 • Temp max 250 °C

Cooling element Stainless steel G 1/2, G 1/2 male/female

Part number AZM16X031001

Cooling element Stainless steel 1/2 NPT male/female For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

AZM16X031004 PRESSURE SENSORS 61


Pressure gauges

62

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction to pressure gauges

64

Standard pressure gauges

64

Heavy duty pressure gauges

67

Differential gauges

69

Digital pressure gauge

70

Contact pressure gauge

71

Pressure measuring equipment for sport divers

72

Accessories 72

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

63


Pressure gauges Introduction to pressure gauges OEM Automatic offers a range of pressure gauges from 40 mm up to 160 mm diameter in various housing materials. Standard ranges start from -1 up to 1000 bar and can be glycerine filled with radial bottom, back mount centric and back mount eccentric.

Special versions include differential pressure, digital display, gauges with contacts and diving specific gauges.

Standard pressure gauges

Technical data

Ø40, Ø50, Ø63, Ø100 mm

Media temperature

-20 °C…+60 °C; -40 °C…+60 °C (P1444 & P1446) G 1/8 to G 1/2

Connection

Copper alloy

Measuring element

• Compact

Plexiglass clipped on

Window

• Connection bottom/back

-1…0 up to 0…400 bar

Pressure range

• Plastic and metal housing

Housing

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Steel case (black)

Diameter

40 mm

40 mm

50 mm

50 mm

63 mm

63 mm

100 mm

100 mm

Model

P1410

P1415

P1420

P1425

P1430

P1435

P1444

P1446

Thread

G 1/8

G 1/8

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/4

G 1/2

G 1/4

-1…0

P1410B016001

P1415B016001

P1420B016001

P1425B016001

P1430B016001

P1435B016001

P1444B016001

P1446B016001

-1…+0,6

P1410B042901

P1415B042901

P1420B042901

-

P1430B042001

P1435B042901

P1444B042001

P1446B042001

-1…+1,5

P1410B043001

P1415B043001

P1420B043001

P1425B043001

P1430B043001

P1435B043001

P1444B043001

-

-1…+3

-

P1415B044001

P1420B044001

P1425B044001

P1430B044001

P1435B044001

P1444B044001

-

-1…+5

P1410B045001

P1415B045001

P1420B045001

P1425B045001

P1430B045001

P1435B045001

P1444B045001

-

-1…+9

-

P1415B046901

P1420B046901

P1425B046901

P1430B046001

P1435B046001

P1444B046001

-

-1…+15

P1410B049901

P1415B049901

P1420B049901

P1425B049901

P1430B049001

P1435B049901

-

P1446B049901

Range (bar)

-

P1415B069001

P1420B069001

P1425B069001

P1430B069001

P1435B069001

P1444B069001

P1446B069001

0…1,6

P1410B070001

P1415B070001

P1420B070001

P1425B070001

P1430B070001

P1435B070001

-

P1446B070901

0…2,5

P1410B072001

P1415B072001

P1420B072001

P1425B072001

P1430B072001

P1435B072001

P1444B072001

P1446B072001

0…4

P1410B073001

P1415B073001

P1420B073001

P1425B073001

P1430B073001

P1435B073001

P1444B073001

P1446B073001

0…6

P1410B074001

P1415B074001

P1420B074001

P1425B074001

P1430B074001

P1435B074001

-

P1446B074001

0…10

P1410B075001

P1415B075001

P1420B075001

P1425B075001

P1430B075001

P1435B075001

P1444B075001

P1446B075001

0…16

P1410B076001

P1415B076001

P1420B076001

P1425B076001

P1430B076001

P1435B076001

P1444B076001

P1446B076001

0…25

P1410B078001

P1415B078001

P1420B078001

P1425B078001

P1430B078001

P1435B078001

P1444B078001

P1446B078001

0…40

P1410B079001

P1415B079001

P1420B079001

P1425B079001

P1430B079001

P1435B079001

P1444B079001

P1446B079901

0…60

P1410B080901

P1415B080001

P1420B080001

P1425B080001

P1430B080001

P1435B080001

P1444B080001

P1446B080901

0…100

P1410B081901

P1415B081901

P1420B081001

P1425B081001

P1430B081001

P1435B081001

P1444B081001

P1446B081901

0…160

P1410B082901

P1415B082901

P1420B082001

P1425B082001

P1430B082001

P1435B082001

P1444B082001

P1446B082901

0…250

P1410B084901

P1415B084901

P1420B084001

P1425B084001

P1430B084001

P1435B084001

P1444B084001

P1446B084901

0…400

-

P1415B086901

P1420B086001

P1425B086001

P1430B086001

P1435B086001

P1444B086001

P1446B086901

0…1

64 PRESSURE GAUGES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure gauges Standard pressure gauges Ø80, Ø160 mm

• Plastic & metal housing • Connection bottom/back

Technical data Media temperature

-40 °C…+60 °C

Connection

G 1/4 to G 1/2

Measuring element

Copper alloy Plexiglass clipped on

Window

-1…0 up to 0…400 bar

Pressure range

• Copper alloy measuring system

Housing

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Steel case (black)

Diameter

80 mm

80 mm

160 mm

Model

P1440

P1442

P1495

Thread

G 1/2

G 1/4

G 1/2

-1…0

P1440B016001

-1…+0,6

P1440B042901

-1…+1,5

P1440B043001

P1442B043901

-1…+3

P1440B044001

-1…+5

P1440B045001

-1…+9

P1440B046001

-1…+15

P1440B049001

0…0,6

P1440B067001

P1442B067901

P1495B067002

0…1

P1440B069001

P1442B069901

P1495B069002

0…1,6

P1440B070001

P1442B070901

P1495B070002

0…2,5

P1440B072001

P1442B072001

P1495B072002

0…4

P1440B073001

P1442B073001

P1495B073002

0…6

P1440B074001

P1442B074001

P1495B074002

0…10

P1440B075001

P1442B075001

P1495B075002

0…16

P1440B076001

P1442B076001

P1495B076002

0…25

P1440B078001

P1442B078001

P1495B078002

0…40

P1440B079001

P1442B079901

P1495B079002

0…60

P1440B080001

P1442B080001

0…100

P1440B081001

0…160

P1440B082001

P1442B082901

0…250

P1440B084001

P1442B084901

0…400

P1440B086001

P1442B086901

Range (bar)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE GAUGES 65


Pressure gauges Standard pressure gauges

Technical data

Ø63 glycerine filled

-25 °C…+60 °C

Media temperature

G 1/4

Connection Measuring element

• Single & dual scale

Copper alloy up to 40 bar, ≥ 40 bar stainless steel 316L Plexiglass

Window

• Stainless steel & plastic housing options

-1…0 up to 0…1000 bar

Pressure range

• Optional mounting bracket

Housing

Stainless steel 1.4301

Stainless steel 1.4301

Plastic (black)

Plastic (black)

Diameter

63 mm

63 mm

63 mm

63 mm

Model

P1454

P1453 includes mounting bracket

P1450

P1452

Range (bar) -1…0

P1454B016001

P1453B016002

P1450B016001

P1452B016001

-1…+0,6

P1454B042901

P1453B042902

P1450B042001

P1452B042901

-1…+1,5

P1454B043001

P1453B043902

P1450B043001

P1452B043001

-1…+3

P1454B044001

P1453B044902

P1450B044001

P1452B044901

-1…+5

P1454B045001

P1453B045902

P1450B045001

P1452B045001

-1…+9

P1454B046901

P1453B046902

P1450B046001

P1452B046901

-1…+15

P1454B049901

P1453B049902

P1450B049001

P1452B049001

0…1

P1454B069002 (dual scale)

P1453B069004 (dual scale)

P1450B069002 (dual scale)

P1452B069003 (dual scale)

0…1,6

P1454B070002 (dual scale)

P1453B070004 (dual scale)

P1450B070002 (dual scale)

P1452B070003 (dual scale)

0…2,5

P1454B072002 (dual scale)

P1453B072004 (dual scale)

P1450B072002 (dual scale)

P1452B072003 (dual scale)

0…4

P1454B073002 (dual scale)

P1453B073004 (dual scale)

P1450B073002 (dual scale)

P1452B073003 (dual scale)

0…6

P1454B074002 (dual scale)

P1453B074004 (dual scale)

P1450B074002 (dual scale)

P1452B074003 (dual scale)

0…10

P1454B075002 (dual scale)

P1453B075004 (dual scale)

P1450B075002 (dual scale)

P1452B075003 (dual scale)

0…16

P1454B076002 (dual scale)

P1453B076004 (dual scale)

P1450B076002 (dual scale)

P1452B076003 (dual scale)

0…25

P1454B078002 (dual scale)

P1453B078004 (dual scale)

P1450B078002 (dual scale)

P1452B078003 (dual scale)

0…40

P1454B079002 (dual scale)

P1453B079004 (dual scale)

P1450B079002 (dual scale)

P1452B079003 (dual scale)

0…60

P1454B080002 (dual scale)

P1453B080004 (dual scale)

P1450B080002 (dual scale)

P1452B080003 (dual scale)

0…100

P1454B081002 (dual scale)

P1453B081004 (dual scale)

P1450B081002 (dual scale)

P1452B081003 (dual scale)

0…160

P1454B082002 (dual scale)

P1453B082004 (dual scale)

P1450B082002 (dual scale)

P1452B082003 (dual scale)

0…250

P1454B084002 (dual scale)

P1453B084004 (dual scale)

P1450B084002 (dual scale)

P1452B084003 (dual scale)

0…400

P1454B086002 (dual scale)

P1453B086004 (dual scale)

P1450B086002 (dual scale)

P1452B086003 (dual scale)

0…600

P1454B087002 (dual scale)

P1453B087004 (dual scale)

P1450B087001

P1452B087001

0…1000

P1454B088002 (dual scale)

P1453B088904 (dual scale

P1450B088001

P1452B088001

66 PRESSURE GAUGES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure gauges Heavy duty pressure gauges

Technical data

Ø80, Ø100 stainless steel, with or without glycerine

-25 °C…+60 °C

Media temperature

G 1/2

Connection Measuring element

• Stainless steel case

Copper alloy up to 40 bar, ≥ 40 bar stainless steel 316L Plexiglass

Window

• Copper alloy measuring system

-1…0 up to 0…600 bar

Pressure range

• Up to 600 bar

Housing

Stainless steel 1.4301

Stainless steel 1.4301

Stainless steel 1.4301 case

Stainless steel 1.4301 case

Diameter

80 mm

80 mm

80 mm

80 mm

100 mm

100 mm

100 mm

100 mm

Model

P1520

P1521

P1764

P1768

P1533

P1534

P1778

P1779

Glycerine filled

Glycerine filled

Glycerine filled

Glycerine filled P1779B015904

Range (bar) -0,6…0

P1520B015901

P1521B015901

P1764B015901

P1768B015901

P1533B015001

P1534B015901

-1…0

P1520B016001

P1521B016001

P1764B016901

P1768B016901

P1533B016001

P1534B016001

-1…+0,6

P1520B042901

P1533B042001

P1534B042901

P1779B042904

-1…+1,5

P1520B043901

P1521B043901

P1764B043901

P1533B043001

P1534B043901

-1…+3

P1520B044901

P1521B044901

P1764B044901

P1768B044001

P1533B044001

P1534B044901

P1778B044002

P1779B044904

-1…+5

P1520B045901

P1521B045901

P1764B045901

P1533B045001

P1534B045901

P1778B045002

P1779B045904

-1…+9

P1520B046901

P1764B046901

P1533B046001

P1778B046002

P1779B046904

-1…+15

P1521B049901

P1764B049901

P1533B049001

P1534B049901

P1778B049002

P1779B049904

0…0,6

P1520B067901

P1521B067901

P1764B067901

P1768B067901

P1533B067001

P1534B067001

P1779B067904

0…1

P1520B069001

P1521B069001

P1764B069901

P1768B069901

P1533B069001

P1534B069001

0…1,6

P1520B070001

P1521B070001

P1764B070901

P1533B070001

P1534B070001

P1779B070004

0…2,5

P1520B072001

P1521B072001

P1764B072901

P1768B072901

P1533B072001

P1534B072001

P1779B072004

0…4

P1520B073001

P1521B073001

P1764B073901

P1768B073901

P1533B073001

P1534B073001

P1778B073002

P1779B073004

0…6

P1520B074001

P1521B074001

P1764B074901

P1768B074901

P1533B074001

P1534B074001

P1778B074002

P1779B074004

0…10

P1520B075001

P1521B075001

P1764B075901

P1768B075901

P1533B075001

P1534B075001

P1778B075002

P1779B075004

0…16

P1520B076001

P1521B076001

P1764B076901

P1768B076901

P1533B076001

P1534B076001

P1778B076002

P1779B076004

0…25

P1520B078001

P1521B078001

P1764B078901

P1768B078901

P1533B078001

P1534B078001

P1778B078002

P1779B078004

0…40

P1520B079001

P1521B079001

P1764B079901

P1768B079901

P1533B079001

P1534B079001

P1778B079002

P1779B079004

0…60

P1520B080001

P1521B080001

P1764B080901

P1768B080901

P1533B080001

P1534B080001

P1778B080002

P1779B080004

0…100

P1520B081001

P1521B081901

P1764B081901

P1533B081001

P1534B081001

P1778B081002

P1779B081004

0…160

P1520B082001

P1521B082901

P1768B082901

P1533B082001

P1534B082001

P1778B082002

P1779B082004

0…250

P1520B084001

P1521B084901

P1764B084901

P1768B084901

P1533B084001

P1534B084001

P1778B084002

P1779B084004

0…400

P1520B086901

P1521B086901

P1764B086901

P1768B086901

P1533B086001

P1534B086001

P1778B086002

P1779B086004

0…600

P1520B087901

P1764B087901

P1768B087901

P1533B087001

P1534B087001

P1778B087002

P1779B0876004

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE GAUGES 67


Pressure gauges Heavy duty pressure gauges

Technical data

Ø160 stainless steel

Media temperature Connection

• Heavy duty

Measuring element

• Bezel in stainless steel

Window

• 1.0 to EN 837-1 accuracy class

Pressure range

-20 °C…+60 °C G 1/2 Copper alloy up to 100 bar; ≥100 bar stainless steel 1.4571 Glass lens -1…0 up to 0…1000 bar

• High reliability

Housing

Stainless steel 1.4301

Stainless steel 1.4301

Diameter

160 mm

160 mm

P1531

P1536

-1…0

P1531B016001

P1536B016002

-1…+0,6

P1531B042901

P1536B042902

-1…+1,5

P1531B043001

P1536B043902

-1…+3

P1531B044001

P1536B044902

-1…+5

P1531B045001

P1536B045902

-1…+9

P1531B046901

P1536B046902

-1…+15

P1531B049901

P1536B049902

0…1

P1531B069002

P1536B069004

0…1,6

P1531B070002

P1536B070004

0…2,5

P1531B072002

P1536B072004

0…4

P1531B073002

P1536B073004

0…6

P1531B074002

P1536B074004

0…10

P1531B075002

P1536B075004

0…16

P1531B076002

P1536B076004

0…25

P1531B078002

P1536B078004

0…40

P1531B079002

P1536B079004

0…60

P1531B080002

P1536B080004

0…100

P1531B081002

P1536B081004

0…160

P1531B082002

P1536B082004

0…250

P1531B084002

P1536B084004

0…400

P1531B086002

P1536B086004

0…600

P1531B087002

P1536B087004

0…1000

P1531B088002

P1536B088904

Model

Range (bar)

68 PRESSURE GAUGES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure gauges Differential gauges

Technical data

Ø100, Ø160 mm

Media temperature Connection Measuring element

• Dual scale

Window

• Pressure range up to 600 bar

Pressure range

-20 °C…+60 °C 2 x G 1/2 Copper alloy up to 100 bar, ≥ 100 bar stainless steel Glass lens 0…0,6 up to 0…600 bar

• Shows static pressure for both sides

Housing

Steel black or stainless steel (depending on type)

Steel black

Diameter

100 mm

160 mm

Model

P2630

P2635

Thread

2 x G 1/2

2 x G 1/2

0…0,6

P2630B067001

P2635B067001

0…1

P2630B069001

P2635B069001

0…1,6

P2630B070001

P2635B070001

0…2,5

P2630B072001

P2635B072001

0…4

P2630B073001

P2635B073001

0…6

P2630B074001

P2635B074001

0…10

P2630B075001

P2635B075001

0…16

P2630B076001

P2635B076001

0…25

P2630B078901

P2635B078901

0…40

P2630B079901

P2635B079901

0…60

P2630B080901

0…100

P2630B081901

0…160

P2630B082901

0…250

P2630B084901

0…400

P2630B086901

0…600

P2630B087901

Range (bar)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE GAUGES 69


Pressure gauges Digital pressure gauge

Technical data

Ø83 stainless steel

Display

P3961

P3962

LCD 4 digits

2 x LCD 4½ digits G 1/4

Connection Housing

• Accuracy 0.5% FS • Battery operation • Pressure range from -1…+2 bar to 0…700 bar

Stainless steel 1.4301 (optional protective cap)

Measuring element

Ceramic measuring cell ≤50 bar (alumina & NBR) Thin-film type measuring cell ≥100 bar

Media temperature

-30 °C…+85 °C (-30 °C…+100 °C ≥100 bar)

Ambient temperature

-10 °C…+60 °C 83 mm

Diameter

Housing

Stainless steel 1.4301

Stainless steel 1.4301

Diameter

83 mm

83 mm

Model

P3961

P3962

-1…+2

P3961B101001

P3962B101001

-1…+5

P3961B045001

-1…+10

P3961B047001

0…2

P3961B071001

P3962B071001

0…5

P3961B121001

P3962B121001

0…10

P3961B075001

P3962B075001

0…20

P3961B077001

P3962B077001

0…50

P3961B785001

P3962B785001

0…100

P3961B081001

P3962B081001

0…160

P3961B082001

P3962B082001

0…250

P3961B084001

P3962B084001

0…400

P3961B086001

P3962B086001

0…600

P3961B087001

P3962B087001

0…700

P3961B104001

P3962B104001

Range (bar)

70 PRESSURE GAUGES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Pressure gauges Contact pressure gauge

Technical data

Ø100 mm

Bezel ring

Bayonet ring (stainless steel)

Connection

G 1/2

Housing

• Heavy duty • Copper alloy measuring system • NO and NC contacts • Up to 4 contacts

Stainless steel 1.4301

Measuring element

Copper alloy/bourdon tube up to 100 bar, stainless steel 316L/spiral spring ≥100 bar

Media temperature

-20 °C…+80 °C

Ambient temperature

-25 °C…+60 °C

Window Number of contacts Diameter

Polycarbonate 1 – 4 depending on measuring range 100 mm

Housing

Stainless steel 1.4301

Stainless steel 1.4301

Diameter

100 mm

100 mm

P1601

P1611

-1…0

P1601B016001

P1611B016904

-1…+0,6

P1601B042902

P1611B042904

-1…+1,5

P1601B043902

P1611B043904

-1…+3

P1601B044902

P1611B044904

-1…+5

P1601B045902

P1611B045904

-1…+9

P1601B046902

P1611B046904

-1…+15

P1601B049902

P1611B049904

0…1

P1601B069902

P1611B069904

0…1,6

P1601B070902

P1611B070904

0…2,5

P1601B072001

P1611B072001

0…4

P1601B073001

P1611B073001

0…6

P1601B074001

P1611B074001

0…10

P1601B075001

P1611B075001

0…16

P1601B076001

P1611B076001

0…25

P1601B078001

P1611B078001

0…40

P1601B079001

P1611B079001

0…60

P1601B080001

P1611B080001

0…100

P1601B081001

P1611B081001

0…160

P1601B082001

P1611B082001

0…250

P1601B084001

P1611B084001

0…400

P1601B086001

P1611B086001

0…600

P1601B087001

P1611B087001

0…1000

P1601B088902

P1611B088904

Model

Range (bar)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

PRESSURE GAUGES 71


Pressure gauges Pressure measuring equipment for sport divers As a manufacturer of pressure measuring equipment Tecsis is also active in the field of scuba diving. There are designs available for breathing gas cylinder pressure and diving depth measurement. The gauges indicate the breathing gas cylinder pressure and the diving depth. The P1181 has two display ranges 60 m and or 70 m. Depending on construction the P1181 fulfils requirements according to DIN EN 13319. The gauges are supplied with drag pointer equipment. The P1186 is available with 400 bar measuring range and 270° scale. Measuring units are MPa or psi. The gauge fulfils all safety requirements according to EN 250.

Model P1181

Technical data Range

• For submerged depth of 60 m and/or 70 m • With drag pointer • Compact design

Model P1181

• Shock-resistant window

Model P1186

Accuracy

DIN 13319

Housing

PC/ABS

Measuring element

Copper alloy, CuBe

Media temperature

-3 °C…+20 °C

Ambient temperature

-10 °C…+70 °C

Window

Polycarbonate

Diameter

50 mm

Technical data Range Accuracy

• For diving depth of up to 100 m • Constructions for Nitro X

72 PRESSURE GAUGES

60 m, 70 m up to final value

0 – 400 bar EN 250

Housing

Brass, nickel plated

Measuring element

Copper alloy, CuSn

Media temperature

-10 °C…+70 °C

• Compact design

Ambient temperature

-10 °C…+70 °C

• Shock-resistant window

Window

Polycarbonate

Diameter

50 mm

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Chemical seals Diaphragm type chemical seal "Compact"

Process connection: flange to DIN 2 501 or flange to ANSI B 16.5 • Compact design with internal diaphragm for DN 25 and 1"

• Special materials for extreme service requirements • For media up to 400 °C

• Flush diaphragm at the front for DN 40 and 1½" • Overload protection by diaphragm bed

• Mountable on instrumentation and control equipment

• Diaphragms in special materials metallicly bonded

• Pressure ranges 0…25 mbar to 0…250 bar

Diaphragm type chemical seal "Quick coupling" Process connection : union nut or thread neck to DIN 11 851, SMS-, IDF-,APV/RJT-Norm or clamp • Various process connections

• Foodstuffs compatible filling liquids

• Quick coupling

• Special materials for extreme service requirements

• Flush diaphragm at the front

• Pressure ranges 0…0,6 bar to 0…40 bar

Miniature diaphragm seal with process connection Process connection : thread, rigid or union nut • Compact dimensions

• For media up to 400 °C

• Various process connections

• Special materials for extreme service requirements

• Flush diaphragm at the front

• Pressure ranges 0...10 bar to 0...600 bar

Rubber gauge protector

Used to protect the pressure gauge from impacts and blows • Ø 63 mm – Red or blue • Ø 80 mm – Blue • Ø 100 mm – Blue or black

Customised gauge face design 100 50

• Logos

S

• Coloured markers • Multi-coloured graduations 0

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

bar Use no Oil

150 160 Cl.1.6

PRESSURE GAUGES 73


Solenoid valves

74

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction 76 2/2 direct operated 1/4

77

2/2 direct operated 1/4

78

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2

79

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 3/4

80

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1

81

3/2 direct operated 1/4

82

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1½

83

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2

84

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1

85

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1

86

2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2½

87

272 series

262 series

238 series

210 series (vacuum)

238 series anti-water hammer

370 series

210 series hung diaphragm

210 series floating diaphragm

L282 series

L182 series

E290 series

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

75


Solenoid valves Solenoid and pressure operated valve technology Function, terminology and construction types Fig. 1

Solenoid valve terminology (Fig 1) Bleed orifice or bleedhole

Core spring

Small orifice that allows the inlet flow to pressurise the top side of the diaphragm or piston providing the seating force for tight closure.

Spring which keeps the core in fixed position when the coil is de-energised.

Bonnet Screwed plug or bolted cover on the valve body on which the core tube with inner parts is fitted.

Coil Electrical part of the valve consisting of a spool wound with insulated copper wire creating a magnetic flux when energised. The coil is held in place on the tube with a retaining clip.

Core Soft-magnetic plugnut moved by magnetic forces (flux generated by the coil).

Core tube Stainless steel tube closed at one end, installed to improve the magnetic flux of the solenoid coil upon energisation.

Shading coil Ring inserted in the core side surface of the plugnut to limit vibration of the core in AC constructions. Shading coils are normally made of copper, but silver is also used. No shading coil is required in DC constructions.

Diaphragm Moving element of a type AD valve which provides for the vertical movement of the operator stem via the pressure supplied by the pilot valve.

Pilot orifice Orifice located in the centre of a diaphragm or a piston of pilot operated valves, opened or closed by the core.

Technical specification (Fig 2) Bonnet, cover

Disc seal

Cover which is screwed on to protect the operator (valve series 290/390). It generally contains the optical position indicator and keeps the internal parts in place.

Sealing element of the valve.

Disc, valve disc Sealing material on the core or disc-holder which shuts off the seat orifice.

Disc holder Valve part, actuated by the core, in which the sealing disc is inserted.

Disc spring

of

the

seat/disc

Piston Moving element of a type 290/390/298 valve which provides for the vertical movement of the operator stem via the pressure supplied by the pilot valve.

Stem Moving element the valve disc.

to

open

and

Enclosure containing chevrons to form a operator stem.

Plugnut

Valve seal

Stationary core pressed in the closed end of the core tube, installed to improve the magnetic flux of the solenoid coil upon energisation.

Ensures internal/external leak-tightness.

Sealing material on the core or disc-holder which shuts off the seat orifice.

76 SOLENOID VALVES

close

Stuffing box

Spring in the disc holder which provides a positive closing action to the disc.

Disc, valve disc

Fig. 2

reinforced PTFE seal around the

Wiper seal Designed to exclude foreign debris from contaminating the stuffing box.

Yoke Part of the operator which serves as a support for the piston or diaphragm (valve type AD). For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Solenoid valves 2/2 direct operated 1/4

Technical data

272 series

Brass

Stainless steel

Air, inert gas, water, oil

Media Pressure Minimum

0 bar

Maximum

40 bar

Differential

0 °C…40 bar

• Brass & stainless steel • NO or NC versions

8 – 20 m/s

Response time

• 0…40 bar

40 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature Media

-25 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-25 °C…+60 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Brass

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Internal parts

Body

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass & stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seals

NBR

NBR

Copper

Copper

Shading coil

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NC – normally closed

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

Pipe size

Orifice

Brass

Stainless steel

G

mm

~

=

~

=

~

=

SCE272A016

SCE272A046

G 1/4

2

0.11

1.8

0

40

40

40

40

10.5

11.2

SCE272A017

SCE272A047

G 1/4

2.7

0.22

3.6

0

40

15

40

15

10.5

11.2

SCE272A018

SCE272A048

G 1/4

3.8

0.32

5.3

0

20

8

20

8

10.5

11.2

SCE272A019

SCE272A049

G 1/4

4.5

0.42

7

0

16

5

16

5

10.5

11.2

SCE272A020

SCE272A050

G 1/4

5.5

0.63

10.5

0

10

2

10

2

10.5

11.2

Pipe size

Orifice

3

m /h

l/min

Min

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NO – normally open Brass

Stainless steel

G

mm

SCE272A022

SCE272A052

G 1/4

2.5

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Air

water/oil

Power coil (W)

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

m3/h

l/min

Min

0.2

3.3

0

Air

water/oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

20

20

10

10

10.5

11.2

SOLENOID VALVES 77


Solenoid valves 2/2 direct operated 1/4

Technical data

262 series

Brass Air, inert gas, water, oil

Media Pressure

• High pressure fluids

Minimum

0 bar

Maximum

100 bar

Differential

0…100 bar range

• Optional vacuum version

Response time

• Max pressure 100 bar

Maximum viscosity

5 – 25 m/s 65 cSt (mm2/s)

Temperature

• ac/dc versions

NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+90 °C, UR (cast urethane) -20 °C…+40 °C

Media Ambient

-20 °C…+75 °C maximum (depending on type)

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Body

Part number NC – normally closed, NBR seals and disc

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

SCG262C019

G 1/4

SCG262C020 SCG262C021

Brass

Internal parts

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass

Seals

NBR, UR

Shading coil

Copper

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

m3/h

l/min

Min

~

=

~

=

~

=

~

=

1.2

0.05

0.8

0

50

35

50

35

35

35

6

9.7

G 1/4

2.4

0.17

2.8

0

25

10

25

8

11

8

6

9.7

G 1/4

2.4

0.17

2.8

0

35

15

35

10

20

10

9

15.3

SCG262C022

G 1/4

3.2

0.3

5

0

9

4

11

4

6

4

6

9.7

SCG262C023

G 1/4

3.2

0.3

5

0

15

7

16

6

11

6

9

15.3

SCG262D232

G 1/4

3.2

0.3

5

0

20

5

20

4

13

4

10.5

11.2

SCG262C202

G 1/4

4

0.43

7.2

0

12

2.5

13

2.5

10

3

10.5

11.2

SCG262C208

G 1/4

5.6

0.62

10.3

0

6.5

1.7

6.5

1.7

6.5

1.7

10.5

11.2

SCG262C013

G 1/4

5.6

0.73

12.2

0

2.5

1.2

3.0

1.3

2.5

1.3

6

9.7

SCG262C090

G 1/4

7.1

0.82

13.7

0

1.8

1

2.5

1

1.9

1

6

9.7

SCG262C210

G 1/4

7.1

0.75

12.5

0

4

1.2

5

1

4

1.2

10.5

11.2

SCG262B212

G 1/4

7.1

0.75

12.5

0

6

1.7

6.5

1.3

6

1.3

16.7

19.7

Brass

Part number NC – normally closed, NBR seals and UR disc Brass SCG262D200

Part number NO – normally open, NBR seals and disc Brass

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

G 1/4

1.2

Pipe

Orifice

m /h 3

0.05

l/min

0.8

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

0

Flow coefficient Kv

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

~

=

100

32

100

32

75

30

10.5

11.2

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

m3/h

l/min

Min

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

~

=

5

0

9

5.5

7

4

6.5

4

10.5

11.2

G

mm

SCG262A262

G 1/4

3.2

0.3

SCG262A263

G 1/4

4

0.43

7.2

0

5.5

3

5

2

4

2

10.5

11.2

SCG262A264

G 1/4

5.6

0.73

12.2

0

3

1.7

2.5

1.3

2.5

1.3

10.5

11.2

SCG262A265

G 1/4

7.1

0.82

13.7

0

2

1

1.7

1

1.3

1

10.5

11.2

Pipe

Orifice

Part number NO – normally open, NBR seals and UR disc

Flow coefficient Kv

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

m3/h

l/min

Min

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

G

mm

~

=

~

=

~

=

~

=

SCG262A260

G 1/4

1.2

0.05

0.8

0

50

35

50

45

50

50

10.5

11.2

SCG262A261

G 1/4

2.4

0.17

2.8

0

20

13

20

10

10

9

10.5

11.2

Brass

78 SOLENOID VALVES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2

Technical data

238 series

Brass DN ≤ 25 air, inert gas, water DN ≥ 25 air, water

Media Pressure Minimum

• Floating diaphragm • Built in pilot

16 bar (depending on type)

Differential

0.3…16 bar (depending on type) 3/8

1/2

3/4

1

2

Opening time (ms)

25

30

55

70

300

300

1500

Closing time (ms)

40

90

110

200

Response time

• NO or NC versions

0.3 or 0.5 bar (depending on type)

Maximum

1000 1000 2000

40 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature Media Ambient

-10 °C…+85 °C -10 °C…+60 °C (depending on type)

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Body

Brass

Internal parts

Stainless steel & brass

Springs

Stainless steel

Diaphragm & valve disc

NBR

Seals & pilot disc

FPM

Shading coil

Part number NC – normally closed

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

SCE238D001

G 3/8

12

SCE238D006

G 3/8

12

SCE238D002

G 1/2

12

SCE238D007

G 1/2

12

SCE238D003

G 1/2

15

SCE238D008

G 1/2

15

SCE238D004

G 3/4

20

SCE238D009

G 3/4

20

SCE238D005

G1

SCG238D016 SCG238D017 SCG238D018

G2

Brass

Part number NO – normally open

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

m3/h

l/min

Min

2.4

40

0.3

2.4

40

0.3

4.2

70

0.3

6.6

110

0.3

25

9.9

165

0.3

G 1¼

30

15

250

G 1½

45

27

450

45

34

566

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

SCG238D019

G 1¼

30

15

250

SCG238D020

G 1½

45

27

SCG238D021

G2

45

34

Brass

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

m /h 3

l/min

Copper

Air/water

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

10

10

4

6.9

16

16

5

5

10

10

4

6.9

16

16

5

5

10

10

4

6.9

16

16

5

5

10

10

4

6.9

16

16

5

5

10

10

4

6.9

0.5

10

10

8

9

0.5

10

10

8

9

0.5

10

10

8

9

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Air, water

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

0.5

10

10

12.5

9

450

0.5

9

9

12.5

9

566

0.5

9

9

12.5

9

SOLENOID VALVES 79


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 3/4

Technical data

210 series (vacuum)

Brass Air, inert gas

Media Pressure Minimum absolute vacuum pressure

• Hung diaphragm

33.3 mbar or 1.33 103 or 1.33 106 (depending on type)

Differential

• Full vacuum

1 bar absolute 15 – 20 ms

Response time

40 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity

• NO or NC versions

Temperature Media

NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+85 °C, FPM -20 °C…+90 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+75 °C

Standard voltages dc (=) ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Body

Brass

Core tube

Stainless steel

Core and plugnut

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass

Seals, diaphragm & disc Disc holder (NO function)

NBR or FPM PA

Shading coil

Part number NC – normally closed, low vacuum range to 25 Torr, NBR seals

SCE210D095 Part number NC – normally closed, medium vacuum range to 10-3 Torr, NBR seals

SCE210D095VM Part number NC – normally closed, High vacuum range to 10-6 Torr, FPM seals

SCE210D095VH

Part number NO – normally open, low vacuum range to 25 Torr, NBR seals

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

Rp

mm

Rp 3/4

19

m3/h

5.2

l/min

87

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

Rp

mm

Rp 3/4

19

m3/h

5.2

l/min

87

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

Rp

mm

Rp 3/4

19

Orifice

Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air

Power coil (W)

mbar (Torr)

~

=

33,3 (25)

10.5

-

Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air

Power coil (W)

mbar (Torr)

~

=

1,33.10-3 (10-3)

10.5

-

Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS)

m3/h

l/min

Air mbar (Torr)

~

=

5.2

87

1,33.10-6 (10-6)

10.5

-

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Copper

m3/h

l/min

Power coil (W)

Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air

Power coil (W)

Rp

mm

mbar (Torr)

~

=

SCE210C033

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

43

33,3 (25)

10.5

-

SCE210C034

Rp 1/2

16

3.4

57

33,3 (25)

10.5

-

SCE210C035

Rp 3/4

19

4.7

79

33,3 (25)

10.5

-

Part number NO – normally open, medium vacuum range to 10-3 Torr, NBR seals

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

m3/h

l/min

Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air

Power coil (W)

Rp

mm

~

=

SCE210C033VM

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

43

1,33.10-3

(10-3)

10.5

-

SCE210C034VM

Rp 1/2

16

3.4

57

1,33.10-3

(10-3)

10.5

-

SCE210C035VM

Rp 3/4

19

4.7

79

1,33.10-3

(10-3)

10.5

-

Part number NO – normally open, high vacuum range to 10-6 Torr, NBR seals

mbar (Torr)

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

m3/h

l/min

Min absolute vacuum pressure (PS) Air

Power coil (W)

Rp

mm

~

=

SCE210C033VH

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

43

1,33.10-6

(10-6)

10.5

-

SCE210C034VH

Rp 1/2

16

3.4

57

1,33.10-6

(10-6)

10.5

-

SCE210C035VH

Rp 3/4

19

4.7

79

1,33.10-6

(10-6)

10.5

-

80 SOLENOID VALVES

mbar (Torr)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1

Technical data

238 series (anti-water hammer)

Brass Water

Media Pressure

• EN 60730-2-8 (CENELEC) • FCI-82-1 (Fluid Controls Institute)

Minimum

0 bar

Maximum

10 bar

Differential

0 – 10 bar range 40 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity

• Hung diaphragm

Temperature Media

• NC – normally closed

Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C -20 °C…+75 °C (depending on type)

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Body

Brass

Internal parts

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Seals, diaphragm & disc

NBR

Shading coil

Part number NC – normally closed

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

SCG238A044

G 3/8

12.5

2.1

35

SCG238A046

G 1/2

12.5

2.1

SCG238A047

G 1/2

19

4.2

SCG238A048

G 3/4

19

SCG238A049

G 3/4

SCG238A050

G1

Brass

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

m /h 3

l/min

Copper

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Water

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

0

10

10

6

15.3

35

0

10

10

6

15.3

70

0

10

10

6

15.3

4.5

75

0

10

10

6

15.3

25

10

166

0

10

10

9

15.3

25

10

166

0

10

10

9

15.3

SOLENOID VALVES 81


Solenoid valves 3/2 direct operated 1/4

Technical data

370 series

Brass

Stainless steel

Air, inert gas, water, oil

Media Pressure Minimum

0 bar

Maximum

16 bar

Differential

0…16 bar range

• N/O, N/C and universal operation • Brass & stainless steel versions

5 – 20 m/s

Response time

• Interchangeable coils

40 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature Media

-25 °C…+80 °C

Ambient

-25 °C…+60 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Body Internal parts Springs

Brass

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Stainless steel, plastic

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass

Brass

Discs

NBR (FPM or EPDM)

NBR (FPM or EPDM)

O rings

VMQ

VMQ

Disc holder & core guide

POM

POM

Copper

Copper

Shading coil

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NC – normally closed

Pipe size

Orifice

m /h 3

l/min

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

water/oil

Power coil (W)

=

~

=

~

=

0

16

16

16

16

10.5

11.2

3.3

0

10

10

10

10

10.5

11.2

5

0

5

5

5

5

10.5

11.2

Stainless steel

G

mm

SCE370A016

SCE370A046

G 1/4

2

0.11

1.8

SCE370A017

SCE370A047

G 1/4

2.7

0.2

SCE370A018

SCE370A048

G 1/4

3.8

0.3

Pipe size

Orifice

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number U – universal

Air

~

Brass

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

m3/h

l/min

Min

Air

water/oil

Power coil (W)

Brass

Stainless steel

G

mm

~

=

~

=

~

=

SCE370A026

SCE370A056

G 1/4

2

0.11

1.8

0

8

8

8

8

10.5

11.2

SCE370A027

SCE370A057

G 1/4

2.7

0.2

3.3

0

5

5

5

5

10.5

11.2

SCE370A028

SCE370A058

G 1/4

3.8

0.3

5

0

2

2

2

2

10.5

11.2

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NO – normally open

Pipe size

Orifice

Brass

Stainless steel

G

mm

SCE370A051

SCE370A051

G 1/4

2

0.11

1.8

SCE370A052

SCE370A052

G 1/4

2.7

0.2

SCE370A053

SCE370A053

G 1/4

3.8

0.3

82 SOLENOID VALVES

m /h 3

l/min

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Air

water/oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

0

10

10

10

10

10.5

11.2

3.3

0

7

7

7

7

10.5

11.2

5

0

3

3

3

3

10.5

11.2

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1½

Technical data

210 series hung diaphragm

Brass

Stainless steel

Air, inert gas, water, oil

Media Pressure Minimum

9

Differential

0…9 bar

• Hung and floating diaphragm versions • Brass & stainless steel versions

0

Maximum

15 – 120 ms (depending on type)

Response time

• NO or NC versions

65 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature Media

NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+85 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+75 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Brass

AISI 304 SS

Core tube

Body

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Core and plugnut

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Brass

Brass

NBR

NBR

Seat Seals, diaphragm & disc Disc holder (NO function) Shading coil

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NC – normally closed Brass

Stainless steel

Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

m /h 3

l/min

PA

PA

Copper

Copper

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

SCE210C093

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

43

0

9

3

9

3

-

-

10.5

11.2

SCE210C094

Rp 1/2

16

3.4

57

0

9

3

9

3

-

-

10.5

11.2

G 1/2

16

3.4

57

0

9

3

9

3

9

-

16.7

11.2

Rp 3/4

19

4.3

72

0

9

3

9

3

-

-

10.5

11.2

G 3/4

16

3.9

65

0

9

3

9

3

9

-

16.7

11.2

Rp 1

25

11.1

185

0

9

6

9

6

9

6

15.4

23

G1

25

9.6

160

0

9

7

9

7

9

5

15.4

23

– SCE210D095 – SCE210B154 (3) –

SCG210C087 – SCG210C088 – SCG210D189

SCE210B155 (3)

Rp 1¼

28

12.8

213

0

9

6

9

6

9

6

15.4

23

SCE210B156 (3)

Rp 1½

32

19.3

322

0

9

5

9

5

9

5

15.4

23

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NO – normally open Brass

Stainless steel

Pipe

Orifice

G

mm

m /h 3

l/min

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

SCE210C033

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

43

0

9

9

9

9

9

5

10.5

11.2

SCE210C034

Rp 1/2

16

3.4

57

0

9

9

9

9

9

5

10.5

11.2

NPT 1/2

16

2.6

43

0

9

9

9

9

7

5

10.5

11.2

Rp 3/4

19

4.7

79

0

9

9

9

9

9

5

10.5

11.2

NPT 3/4

16

2.6

43

0

9

9

9

9

7

5

10.5

11.2

– SCE210C035 –

SCB210B030 – SCB210B038

SCE210B057 (2)

Rp 1

25

11.2

185

0

9

-

9

-

9

-

20

-

SCE210B058 (2)

Rp 1¼

28

12.8

213

0

9

-

9

-

9

-

20

-

SCE210B059 (2)

Rp 1½

32

19.3

322

0

9

-

9

-

9

-

20

-

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SOLENOID VALVES 83


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2

Technical data

210 series floating diaphragm

Brass Air, inert gas, water, oil

Media Pressure Minimum

9 or 20 bar (depending on type)

Differential

0…9 bar or 0.35…20 bar (depending on type)

• Brass bodies • ac/dc voltage

0 or 0.35 bar (depending on type)

Maximum

15 – 120 ms (depending on type)

Response time

• NBR seals

65 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature

• Stainless steel available on request

Media

NBR (nitrile) -20 °C…+85 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+75 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

24 V – 48 V

ac (~)

24 V – 48 V – 115 V – 230 V/50 Hz

Materials Body

Brass

Core tube

Stainless steel

Core and plugnut

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass

Seals, diaphragm & disc Disc holder (NO function)

NBR PA

Shading coil

Part number NC – normally closed

Flow coefficient Kv Pipe

Orifice

Rp

mm

SCE210D001

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

43

SCE210C006

Rp 3/8

16

2.6

SCE210D002

Rp 1/2

16

3.4

SCE210C007

Rp 1/2

16

SCE210D009

Rp 3/4

19

SCE210D003

Rp 3/4

19

SCE210D004

Rp 1

25

SCE210D008

Rp 1¼

28

SCE210D022

Rp 1½

32

Brass

Part number NO – normally open

m /h 3

l/min

Min

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

=

~

=

~

=

~

=

0.35

14

9

10

7

10

7

6

11.2

43

0.35

20

-

20

-

20

-

16.7

-

57

0.35

14

9

10

7

10

7

6

11.2

3.4

57

0.35

20

-

20

-

20

-

16.7

-

4.3

72

0.35

9

7

9

6

9

5

6

11.2

5.6

93

0.35

17

9

10

9

10

9

6

11.2

11.1

185

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

6

11.2

12.8

213

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

6

11.2

19.3

322

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

6

11.2

Flow coefficient Kv Orifice

Rp

mm

SCE210C013

Rp 3/4

19

5.7

95

SCE210D014

Rp 1

25

11.1

185

SCE210D018

Rp 1¼

28

12.8

SCE210D032

Rp 1½

32

SCE210-103(2)

Rp 2

44

84 SOLENOID VALVES

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

~

Pipe

Brass

Copper

m /h 3

l/min

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Air

Water

Oil

Power coil (W)

~

=

~

=

~

=

0.35

17

17

14

14

14

14

15.4

16.8

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

15.4

16.8

213

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

15.4

16.8

19.3

322

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

15.4

16.8

37

617

0.35

9

9

9

9

9

9

15.4

16.8

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1

Technical data

L282 series

Brass

Stainless steel

Liquid and gaseous fluids

Media Pressure Minimum

20 bar

Differential

0.35…12 bar (depending on type

• Normally open • Brass & stainless steel

0.35 bar

Maximum

8 – 20 m/s

Response time

• Up to 130 °C

37 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature

• FPM seal

Media

NBR -10 °C…+90 °C, FPM 0 °C…+130 °C

Ambient

-10 °C…+60 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

12 V – 24 V (+10% -5%)

ac (~)

24 V/50-60Hz,115 V/50Hz, 230 V/50-60Hz (+10% -15%)

Materials Brass

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Internal parts

Body

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass & stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seals

NBR

NBR

Copper

Copper

Shading coil

A P

Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NO – normally open

Pipe size

Orifice

G

mm

m /h 3

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Gas

Liquids

Power coil (W)

Seals

~

=

~

=

~

=

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

FPM

3.8

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

NBR

13.5

3.8

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

FPM

18

5

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

NBR

18

5

0.35

10

10

10

10

7.6

5.5

FPM

24

12

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

NBR

24

12

0.35

10

10

10

10

7.6

5.5

FPM

Brass

Stainless steel

L282B01Insert voltage3/8

L282B09Insert voltage3/8

G 3/8

13.5

2.5

L282V01Insert voltage3/8

L282V09Insert voltage3/8

G 3/8

13.5

2.5

L282B01Insert voltage1/2

L282B09Insert voltage1/2

G 1/2

13.5

L282V01Insert voltage1/2

L282V09Insert voltage1/2

G 1/2

L282B01Insert voltage3/4

L282B09Insert voltage3/4

G 3/4

L282V01Insert voltage3/4

L282V09Insert voltage3/4

G 3/4

L282B01Insert voltage1

L282B09Insert voltage1

G1

L282V01Insert voltage1

L282V09Insert voltage1

G1

NBR

24DC, 24AC, 110AC, 230AC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SOLENOID VALVES

85


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 1

Technical data

L182 series

Brass

Stainless steel

Liquid and gaseous fluids

Media Pressure Minimum

20 bar

Differential

0.35…16 bar (depending on type

• Normally open • Brass & stainless steel

0.35 bar

Maximum

8 – 20 m/s

Response time

• Up to 140 °C with EPDM seal

37 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature

NBR -10 °C…+90 °C, FPM 0 °C…+130 °C, EPDM -10 °C…+140 °C

Media Ambient

-10…+60 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

12 V – 24 V (+10% -5%)

ac (~)

24 V/50-60Hz,115 V/50Hz, 230 V/50-60Hz (+10% -15%)

Materials Brass

AISI 316L (1.4404)

Internal parts

Body

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Springs

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass & stainless steel

Stainless steel

Seals

NBR

NBR

Copper

Copper

Shading coil

A P Flow coefficient Kv

Part number NO – normally open

Pipe size

Orifice

G

mm

L182B09Insert voltage3/8

G 3/8

13.5

2.5

L182V09Insert voltage3/8

G 3/8

13.5

2.5

L182D01Insert voltage3/8

L182D09Insert voltage3/8

G 3/8

13.5

L182B01Insert voltage1/2

L182B09Insert voltage1/2

G 1/2

L182V01Insert voltage1/2

L182V09Insert voltage1/2

G 1/2

L182D01Insert voltage1/2

L182D09Insert voltage1/2

L182B01Insert voltage3/4 L182V01Insert voltage3/4

m3/h

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS Min

Gas

Liquids

Power coil (W)

Seals

~

=

~

=

~

=

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

FPM

2.5

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

EPDM

13.5

3.8

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

NBR

13.5

3.8

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

FPM

G 1/2

13.5

3.8

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

EPDM

L182B09Insert voltage3/4

G 3/4

18

5

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

NBR

L182V09Insert voltage3/4

G 3/4

18

5

0.35

10

10

10

10

7.6

5.5

FPM

L182D01Insert voltage3/4

L182D09Insert voltage3/4

G 3/4

18

5

0.35

10

10

10

10

7.6

5.5

EPDM

L182B01Insert voltage1

L182B09Insert voltage1

G1

24

12

0.35

12

12

12

12

7.6

5.5

NBR

L182V01Insert voltage1

L182V09Insert voltage1

G1

24

12

0.35

10

10

10

10

7.6

5.5

FPM

L182D01Insert voltage1

L182D09Insert voltage1

G1

24

12

0.35

10

10

10

10

7.6

5.5

EPDM

Brass

Stainless steel

L182B01Insert voltage3/8 L182V01Insert voltage3/8

NBR

24DC, 24AC, 110AC, 230AC

86 SOLENOID VALVES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Solenoid valves 2/2 pilot operated 3/8 to 2½

Technical data

E290 series

Brass

Stainless steel

DN ≤ 50 air & gas groups 1 & 2 DN 65: air and gas group 2 all DN: water, oil, liquids groups 1 & 2 and steam

Media Pressure

• Bronze or stainless steel • Ø 32 mm – 125 mm operators

Minimum

0 bar

Maximum

16 bar

Differential

• NC or NO versions

0…16 bar 8 – 20 m/s

Response time

600 cSt (mm2/s)

Maximum viscosity Temperature Media

-10 °C…+184 °C

Ambient

-10 °C…+60 °C

Standard voltages dc (=)

12 V – 24 V (+10% -5%)

ac (~)

24 V/50-60Hz,115 V/50Hz, 230 V/50-60Hz (+10% -15%)

Materials Valve body Stuffing box housing Stem Disc Stuffing box packing

Bronze

AISI 316L

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Brass

Stainless steel

PTFE chevrons

PTFE chevrons

Wiper seal

FPM

FPM

Disc seal

PTFE

PTFE

Valve body seal

PTFE

PTFE

Pilot fluid

Filtered air or water (1)

Pilot fluid temperature

Flow coefficient Kv Part number NC - Normally closed, entry under the disc (1) Bronze

Stainless steel

E290A384

Pipe

Pilot pressure (bar)

m3/h

l/min

Min

Max

Min

Air, inert gas, Water, oil, liquids, aggressive fluids aggressive liquids

Steam

Operator

16

10

32

16

10

50

16

16

10

63

0

10

10

10

63

10

0

12

12

10

90

4

10

0

12

12

10

90

483

2.5

10

0

16

16

10

125

45

750

4

10

0

8

8

8

90

48

800

4

10

0

16

16

10

125

59

983

4

10

0

6

6

6

90

66

1100

4

10

0

10

10

10

125

111

1850

4

10

0

6

6

6

125

Steam

Operator

DN

E290A791

G 3/8

10

2.8

47

4

10

0

16

E290A393

G 1/2

15

4.9

82

4

10

0

16

E290B005

E290B048

G 3/4

20

9.4

157

4

10

0

E290B010

E290B053

G1

25

16.5

275

4

10

E290B009

E290B052

G1

25

16.5

275

2.5

E290A017

E290A060

G 1¼

32

27

450

E290A641

E290A645

G 1¼

32

29

E290A021

E290A064

G 1½

40

E290A482

E290A495

G 1½

40

E290A025

E290A068

G2

50

E290A485

E290A498

G2

50

E290A488

E290A501

G 2½

65

Flow coefficient Kv

Bronze

Stainless steel

E290A387

Pipe

-10 °C…+60 °C

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

G

Part number NO - Normally open, entry under the disc (1)

AISI 316L

Brass

m3/h

l/min

Pilot pressure (bar)

Operating pressure differential (bar) Max PS

Min

Max

Min

Air, inert gas, Water, oil, liquids, aggressive fluids aggressive liquids

G

DN

E290A794

G 3/8

10

2.8

47

5

10

0

16

16

10

32

E290A396

G 1/2

15

4.9

82

4.5

10

0

16

16

10

50

E290A388

E290A397

G 3/4

20

9.4

157

5.5

10

0

16

16

10

50

E290B029

E290B072

G1

25

16.5

275

3

10

0

16

16

10

90

E290A030

E290A073

G 1¼

32

27

450

9

10

0

16

16

10

63

E290A031

E290A074

G 1¼

32

27

450

4.5

10

0

16

16

10

90

E290A643

E290A647

G 1¼

32

29

483

2.5

10

0

16

16

10

125

E290A033

E290A076

G 1½

40

45

750

7

10

0

16

16

10

90

E290A489

E290A502

G 1½

40

48

800

3

10

0

16

16

10

125

E290A035

E290A078

G2

50

59

983

10

10

0

13

13

10

90

E290A490

E290A503

G2

50

66

1100

4.5

10

0

16

16

10

125

E290A491

E290A504

G 2½

65

94

1567

10

10

0

7

7

7

90

E290A492

E290A505

G 2½

65

111

1850

7

10

0

16

16

10

125

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

SOLENOID VALVES 87


Temperature

88

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction to temperature

90

Temperature switches

90

Temperature switches/sensors

92

Temperature sensors

93

Temperature gauges

96

Accessories 97

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

89


Temperature switches Introduction to temperature OEM Automatic can offer temperature gauges, switches and sensors for various applications. Standard temperature gauges start from 63 mm up to 160 mm diameter and five standard temperature ranges starting at -20…+60 °C up to 0…160 °C.

Temperature sensors are available in mechanical and electronic versions with options available from -200…+600 °C. Standard outputs including 4 – 20 mA and 0 – 10 V with optional switch point are available and special versions which can be programmed.

Mechanical and electronic temperature switches are available in versions ranging from -50…+200 °C in various materials, stem lengths and electrical connectors.

Mechanical temperature switch

Technical data

Type TRM.204 bimetal thermostat

± 3 °C on set point

Accuracy

+ 50 °C on set point

Temperature max

230 V dc/10 A

Contact rating

• Brass and stainless steel options

IP65

Protection class

• Compact design

10 °C (±4 °C)

Hysterisis

• NO & NC versions

Pressure max

• 40 °C up to 130 °C switching range

Electrical connection

100 bar DIN 43650A 360° turn plug G 1/2, UNI 228/1

Thread

Part number

Brass

Stainless steel

Set point °C

Normally open

Normally closed

Normally open

Normally closed

40 °C

00.0005.0316

00.0005.0242

00.0005.0329

00.0005.0339

50 °C

00.0005.0145

00.0005.0272

00.0005.0330

0.0005.0240

60 °C

00.0005.0317

00.0005.0324

00.0005.0331

0.0005.0340

70 °C

00.0005.0318

00.0005.0201

00.0005.0332

0.0005.0341

80 °C

00.0005.0319

00.0005.0198

00.0005.0333

0.0005.0342

90 °C

00.0005.0320

00.0005.0325

00.0005.0334

0.0005.0343

100 °C

00.0005.0321

00.0005.0326

00.0005.0335

0.0005.0344

110 °C

00.0005.0313

00.0005.0327

00.0005.0336

0.0005.0345

120 °C

00.0005.0322

00.0005.0166

00.0005.0337

0.0005.0346

130 °C

00.0005.0323

00.0005.0328

00.0005.0338

0.0005.0347

90 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Temperature switches Mechanical temperature switches

Technical data

Type S6410

Process connections

G3/8, G1/4, G1/2, M14 x 1.5 M22 x 1.5, NPT 1/2, NPT 1/4 (others on request) 10 mm (others on request)

Diameter

• Vibration proof

Insertion length

• Integrated electrical connections

Measuring principle

Bimetalic disc, snap action contact

• Snap action contact, non-current-carrying

Material Standard/optional

Brass/stainless steel 1.4305 (others on request)

• Available as NO or NC

M12 x 1 circular connector 4 pole

FAST-ON flat connector 6.3 x 0.8 mm or 4.8 x 0.8 mm

28 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm, 100 mm

Switching point

AMP Junior power timer

Quantity

1 (optional 2 in combination with L-plug or M12 x 1 circular connector)

Function

Normally closed (NC)/normally open (NO)

Temperature

-40…+200 °C with 5 K interval

Adjustment

Factory set switching point

Hysteresis

Typical 30 K (dependent of the switching temperature)

Temperature range

Deutsch connector DT04-2P

Bayonet connector DIN 72585

Media

-40 °C…+200 °C

Ambient

-50 °C…+125 °C

Contact us for further information 0116 284 9900

Electronic temperature switch

Technical data

Type LABO-T012-S

Supply voltage Switch range

• Teach-in funtion • Min or max switching function

Process connection Stem diameter Wetted parts

• Power on LED indication

Electrical connection

• Platinum resistance sensor

Protection class

Part number

18 – 30 V dc -20 °C…+100 °C G 1/2 12 mm Stainless steel 1.4571 M12 x 1, 4 pole IP67

Output

Sensor length (mm)

LABO-T012-S100K1L

Push – pull

123

Min

LABO-T012-S100K1H

Push – pull

123

Max

LABO-T012-S150K1L

Push – pull

173

Min

LABO-T012-S150K1H

Push – pull

173

Max

LABO-T012-S200K1L

Push – pull

223

Min

LABO-T012-S200K1H

Push – pull

223

Max

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Switch function

TEMPERATURE SWITCHES 91


Temperature switches/sensors Electronic temperature switch/sensor Type S5400/S5410

Technical data Supply voltage Output signal

• Output signal options

Temp/switching range

• Swivel LED display

Process connection

• Optional temperature/switching up to -200…+600 °C • Customised solutions available

Part number

Output signal

Stem diameter Wetted parts

S5400

S5410 12 – 30 V dc 1 switching (PNP) + 1 scalable analoogue output

2 switching outputs (PNP)

-50 °C…+125 °C G 1/2 6 mm Stainless steel 1.4571

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4571 & plastic

Electrical connection

Circular connection 4-p M12 x 1

Protection class

IP65

Pressure range

up to 40 bar (6 mm)

Insertion length

S5400C621001

2 x PNP

50 mm

S5400C621002

2 x PNP

100 mm

S5400C621003

2 x PNP

160 mm

S5410C621001

1 x PNP + 1 x 4 – 20 mA

50 mm

S5410C621002

1 x PNP + 1 x 4 – 20 mA

100 mm

S5410C621003

1 x PNP + 1 x 4 – 20 mA

160 mm

92 TEMPERATURE SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Temperature sensors Electronic temperature sensors

TEP21

Technical data

Type TEP21/TEP11/TEU11 USB

Fixed

Measuring range

• Analogue output signal 4 – 20 mA

Temperature range

-20 °C…+120 °C

• Electrical DIN connector or M12-connection

Process connection

Fixed

Programmable

G 1/4

• Temperature range from -50 °C up to +200 °C

Wetted parts

0 °C…120 °C -50 °C…+200 °C (opt. -200 °C…+600 °C) G 1/2 6 mm

Stem diameter

Stainless steel 1.4571 M12 x 1

Electrical connection

Part number

TEU11 USB

4-20 mA (or 0-10 V optional)

Measurement signal

• Programmable version, directly with USB

TEP11

L-plug DIN EN175301-803 IP65

Protection class

TEP21 (min order 50 pieces)

Insertion length

25 mm

50 mm

-20…+40 °C

TEP21X121020

TEP21X122050

0…60 °C

TEP21X221030

TEP21X222060

0…120 °C

TEP21X321040

TEP21X322070

Part number Insertion length

TEP11 50 mm

75 mm

100 mm

160 mm

0…50 °C

TEP11X221301

TEP11X221401

TEP11X221501

TEP11X221601

0…100 °C

TEP11X221302

TEP11X221402

TEP11X221502

TEP11X221602

0…120 °C

TEP11X221303

TEP11X221403

TEP11X221503

TEP11X221603

Part number Insertion length -50…200 °C programmable

TEU11 USB 50 mm

75 mm

100 mm

160 mm

TEU11X221010

TEU11X221020

TEU11X221030

TEU11X221040

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

TEMPERATURE SENSORS 93


Temperature sensors Mechanical temperature sensors

Technical data

Type TEC11

G3/8, G1/4, G1/2, M12 x 1.5, M14 x 1.5, NPT 1/4 (others on request)

Process connections Stem diameter

7.5 mm, 5 mm (others on request)

• Vibration proof

Insertion length

28 mm, 30 mm, 40 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm (others on request)

• Integrated electrical connections

Sensor

PT100, PT1000 optional sensors NTC 5 kOhm & 10 kOhm KTY & Ni1000

• Snap action contact, non-current-carrying • Resistance thermometer

Temperature range Media

-50 °C…+200 °C (depending on type)

Ambient

-40 °C…+150 °C (depending on type)

Contact us for further information 0116 284 9900

M12 x 1 circular connector 4 pole

FAST-ON flat connector 6.3 x 0.8 mm or 4.8 x 0.8 mm

AMP Junior power timer

Electronic temperature sensor

Deutsch connector DT04-2P

Bayonet connector DIN 72585

Technical data

Type LABO-T012-I/U

• Power on LED indication • Teach-in function

Supply voltage

18 – 30 V dc

Temperature range

0…+100 °C

Process connection

G 1/2

Stem diameter

12 mm

Wetted parts

• Platinum resistance sensor

Stainless steel 1.4571 M12 x 1, 4 pole

Electrical connection

IP67

Protection class

up to 65 bar

Pressure Max

Part number

Output

Sensor length (mm)

LABO-T012-I100K1

4 – 20 mA

123

LABO-T012-I150K1

4 – 20 mA

173

LABO-T012-I200K1

4 – 20 mA

223

LABO-T012-U100K1

0 – 10 V

123

LABO-T012-U150K1

0 – 10 V

173

LABO-T012-U200K1

0 – 10 V

223

94 TEMPERATURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Temperature sensors Electronic temperature sensor

Technical data

Type GTMU-IF

IF1

IF2

-30 °C…+100°C -30 °C…+100°C -70 °C…+400°C

Temperature range

6 mm (standard)

Stem diameter

GTMU-IF1

• Long term temperature monitoring

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4571

• PT 1000 sensor

Body material

Stainless steel 1.4571/V4A (potted)

• Can be customised

Electrical connection

• 4 – 20 mA output

GTMU-IF2

IF3

Pre-cabled

Accuracy

Electronics: ±0.2% of mv ±0.2 °C Sensor element: DIN class B

Neck tube length

HL = 100 mm

GTMU-IF3

Part number key Type

G

T

M

U

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Without thread

I

F

1

With thread G 1/2

I

F

2

With thread G 1/2 and neck tube

I

F

3

-30…+100°C (standard IF1 & IF2)

M

B

1

-70…+400°C (standard IF3)

M

B

2

Other ranges on request – max possible -200…+500°C

M

B

X

50 mm (standard IF1)

0

0

5

0

100 mm (standard IF1 & IF2-

0

1

0

0

Any EL in mm (eg 0700 = 700 mm)

X

X

X

X

4 mm

D

4

5 mm

D

5

6 mm (standard)

D

6

8 mm

D

8

G 1/2 (standard)

G

1

G 1/4

G

2

G 3/4

G

3

G 1/8

G

4

G 3/8

G

5

M8 x 1

M

8

M10 x 1

M

0

M14 x 1.5

M

4

X

X

X

Design type

Measuring range

Fitting length EL

Probe diameter D

Process connection (type IF2 & IF3)

Length of neck tube HL (only at design IF3) 100 mm (standard)

1

0

0

Any HL in mm (eg 200 = 200 mm)

X

X

X

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

TEMPERATURE SENSORS 95


Temperature gauges Temperature gauge

Technical data

Type TM18X

2 (DIN 16203)

Accuracy class

Aluminium

Case

Back, centre

Connection

Copper alloy

Material

• Brass thermowell supplied as standard

Design

• Insertion length 40 mm up to 160 mm

Thermowell G 1/2 detachable, with locking screw Aluminium, white scale and markings black

Dial

• Diameter 63 mm up to 160 mm

Aluminium, black

Pointer Operating pressure

6 bar maximum

Measuring element

Bimetal coil

Part number Insertion length

Acrylic glass & glass lens depending on type

Window

• Optional temperature ranges from -30…+50 °C and 0…+200 °C

Diameter 63 mm 40 mm

60 mm

100 mm

160 mm

-20…+60 °C

TM186C402001

TM186C402002

TM186C402003

TM186C402904

0…60 °C

TM186C406001

TM186C406902

TM186C406003

TM186C406904

0…80 °C

TM186C407901

TM186C407902

TM186C407903

TM186C407904

0…120 °C

TM186C409001

TM186C409002

TM186C409003

TM186C409004

0…160 °C

TM186C410001

TM186C410002

TM186C410003

Part number Insertion length

Diameter 80 mm 40 mm

60 mm

100 mm

160 mm

-20…+60 °C

TM187C402001

TM187C402002

TM187C402903

TM187C402904

0…60 °C

TM187C406001

TM187C406902

TM187C406003

TM187C406904

0…80 °C

TM187C407901

TM187C407902

TM187C407903

TM187C407904

0…120 °C

TM187C409001

TM187C409002

TM187C409003

TM187C409904

0…160 °C

TM187C410901

TM187C410002

TM187C410003

TM187C410904

Part number Insertion length

Diameter 100 mm 40 mm

60 mm

100 mm

160 mm

-20…+60 °C

TM188C402901

TM188C402002

TM188C402003

TM188C402004

0…60 °C

TM188C406001

TM188C406902

TM188C406003

TM188C406004

0…80 °C

TM188C407901

TM188C407902

TM188C407903

TM188C407904

0…120 °C

TM188C409001

TM188C409002

TM188C409003

TM188C409004

0…160 °C

TM188C410002

TM188C410003

TM188C410004

Part number Insertion length

Diameter 160 mm 40 mm

60 mm

100 mm

160 mm

-20…+60 °C

TM189C402904

0…60 °C

TM189C406902

TM189C406903

TM189C406904

0…80 °C

TM189C407902

TM189C407903

TM189C407904

0…120 °C

TM189C409902

TM189C409904

0…160 °C

96 TEMPERATURE GAUGES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Temperature accessories Temperature – pressure measuring instrument in the standard program for domestic engineering • Pressure and temperature display

• Measuring system using copper alloy

• With automatic valve

• Reduction of the fitting costs

Resistance thermometers or thermocouples with cable connection • Various protection tubes

• Optionally with plug for fast electrical connection

• Large range of cable types

• Special versions on request

• Optional connections available

Glass thermometer for machines • Robust universal thermometer

• Temperature range

• Large selection of designs in stock

• Standard -30…+50 °C to 0…+300 °C

• Special designs available on request

• On request -60…+40°C to 0…+600°C

Capillar thermometer • Fast response time

• Options

• Stainless steel housing for aggressive measuring media

• Display range °F, °C/°F (dual scales)

• Measuring point and display in different locations • Wide range of standard versions • Measuring ranges • -40…+60 °C up to 0…+400 °C

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

• REat connection • Laminated safety glass, acrylic • Accuracy class 1.0 • Stainless steel measuring device holder • Liquid damping

ACCESSORIES 97


Industrial connectors

98

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction to DIN connectors 100 DIN A/DIN industrial/DIN C industrial 101 DIN A connectors overmoulded 102 DIN B industrial/ DIN C industrial overmoulded 103 M12-DIN A/ Dual DIN 104 Base plates/LED indicator 105 DIN A pressure switch indicator/DIN splitter

106

DIN-splitter/Mini-splitter/Y-cable 106 Junior timer overmoulded pre-cabled Junior overmolded precabled

106

ML-XT™ 107 Circuit options

108

Accessories 109

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

99


Industrial connectors General information tinned

min.150

8

The Molex range of field attachable DIN valve connectors provide unsurpassed sealing properties and increase performance, simplify manufacturing processes, reduce inventory and lower applied costs for hydraulic, pneumatic and electromagnetic devices as well as sensors.

X3 Ă˜4.5 Ă˜7.6

55

L

16.5

Mounting holes

23

A1

B1

A2

B2

A3

B3

A4

B4

A5

B5

A6

B6

A7

B7

A8

B8

23.5

90

112

L1

35 61 100

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors DIN A

Technical data

Type 282/283 With/without circuit

2 +earth or 3 +earth

Number of poles

18 mm

Pin distance

3

• Power on LED

Cable diameter

4 – 9 mm

• Overvoltage protection circuit

Max. cable dims

1.5 mm²

• Various voltage options

Max. current

IP67

IP class

• Integral screw and gasket

NBR -40 °C…+90 °C

Temp range

• EN175301-803 (DIN43650) A/ISO4400

Part number

16 A

See page 108

Circuit

Black housing: 27 x 34 x 50

Dims H x W x L (mm)

Circuit

Cable size (mm)

Colour

Number of poles

Voltage

28200N0R

4–9

Black

2 +earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

28300N0R

4–9

Black

3+earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

28200G0R

4–9

Grey

2+earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

28300G0R

4–9

Grey

3 +earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

28200TC420R

C4

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

24 V ac/dc

28200TC440R

C4

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

115 V ac/dc

28200TC450R

C4

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

230 V ac/dc

28200TC320R

C3

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

24 V dc

Wiithout circuit

With circuit

DIN Industrial

Technical data

Type 222/292/293 With/without circuit

DIN Industrial Number of poles Pin distance

• Power on LED

2 +earth

2 +earth or 3 +earth

11 mm

9.4 mm (DIN C Industrial)

Cable diameter

4 – 9 mm

3 – 5.5 mm

• Overvoltage protection circuit

Max. cable dims

1.5 mm²

0.75 mm²

• Various voltage options

Max. current

16 A

16 A

• Complete with screw and gasket

IP class

IP65

IP65

NBR -40 °C…+90 °C

NBR -40 °C…+90 °C

Circuit

See page 108

See page 108

Dims H x W x L (mm)

20.8 x 30 x 51

15.5 x 25.5 x 34

Temp range

• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)

Part number

DIN C Industrial

Circuit

Cable size (mm)

Colour

Number of poles

Voltage

4–9

Black

2 +earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

22200TC420R

C4

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

24 V ac/dc

22200TC450R

C4

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

230 V ac/dc

22200TC320R

C3

4–9

Transparent

2 +earth

24 V dc

29200N0T

3 – 5.5

Black

2 +earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

29300N0T

3 – 5.5

Black

3 +earth

250 V ac/300 V dc

DIN Industrial 22200N0R

DIN C Industrial

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 101


Industrial connectors DIN connectors with molded cable Molex pre-cabled DIN connectors are completely overmolded providing a high level of protection up to IP67. Overmolded connectors are all 100% tested at Molex for IP rating and electrical connections. We stock 1, 3 and 5 meter lengths of PUR and PVC cable types, available with or without circuit options. What type of cable should I choose? Harmonised PVC cable is used for general purpose applications and has good resistance to water, but poor against chemical oil. In applications where good resistance against chemicals and oils is required we recommend PUR blend cable, but this has poor resistance to water. Main advantages of molded cable: • Assembly • Cost • Security

DIN A moulded pre-cabled connector Type 152/452 With/without circuit

Technical data 2 pole +earth

Number of poles Pin distance

18 mm

Cable type

PVC, PUR 3 x 0.75 mm²

Cable dimensions

• Fully overmoulded providing a high level of protection • With or without LED and transient protection • EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-A

Max. voltage

5A

IP class

IP67 PVC -20 °C…+70 °C PUR -40 °C…+90 °C

Temperature range

C4: LED + varistor

Electronics

28 x 24 x 44

Dims H x W x L (mm)

Part number

Circuit

Earth location

Cable length

Cable type

Voltage

152N3N1001P

H6/H12

1m

PVC

250 V

152N3N3001P

H6/H12

3m

PVC

250 V

152N3N5001P

H6/H12

5m

PVC

250 V

152P3N1001P

H6/H12

1m

PUR

250 V

152P3N3001P

H6/H12

3m

PUR

250 V

152P3N5001P

H6/H12

5m

PUR

250 V

452N3N1001PC42

C4

H6/H12

1m

PVC

24 V ac/dc

452N3N1001PC45

C4

H6/H12

1m

PVC

230 ac/dc

452N3N3001PC42

C4

H6/H12

3m

PVC

24 V ac/dc

452P3N1001PC42

C4

H6/H12

1m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

452P3N1001PC45

C4

H6/H12

1m

PUR

230 ac/dc

452P3N3001PC42

C4

H6/H12

3m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

3-pole + earth, see our website

102

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors DIN B Industrial

Technical data

Type 162 Overmoulded pre-cabled

2 +earth

Number of poles Pin distance

11 mm

Cable type

PVC, PUR

• Sealing to IP67

Cable dimension

• Fixed gasket

Max. current

3 x 0.75 mm² 5A IP67

IP class

• Industrial form

PVC -20 °C…+70 °C

Temperature range

• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)

C4: LED + varistor

Electronics

22 x 24 x 29.5

Dimensions H x W x L (mm)

Part number

Circuits

Earth location

Cable length

Cable type

Voltage

162N3N1006P

H6

1m

PVC

250 V

162N3N3006P

H6

3m

PVC

250 V

162N3N5006P

H6

5m

PVC

250 V

162P3N1006P

H6

1m

PUR

250 V

162P3N3006P

H6

3m

PUR

250 V

162P3N5006P

H6

5m

PUR

250 V

462N3N1006PC42

C4

H6

1m

PVC

24 V ac/dc

462N3N3006PC42

C4

H6

3m

PVC

24 V ac/dc

462N3N3006PC45

C4

H6

3m

PVC

230 V ac/dc

462P3N1006PC42

C4

H6

1m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

462P3N3006PC42

C4

H6

3m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

462P3N3006PC45

C4

H6

3m

PUR

230 V ac/dc

Without circuit

With circuit

DIN C Industrial/DIN C

Technical data

Type 332 Overmoulded pre-cabled

Number of poles

2 +earth

Contact distance

9.4 mm (DIN C Industrial)

• Fully overmoulded providing a high level of protection

3 x 0.5 mm²

Cable dimensions

3A

Max. current

• Quick and simple installation

IP65

IP class

• EN175301-803

PVC -20 °C…+70 °C

Temperature range Dimensions H x W x L (mm)

Part number

PVC

Cable type

DIN C Industrial: 15.8 x 20 x 32.8

Circuits

Earth location

Cable length

Cable type

Voltage

332N2N1001T

H6/H12

1m

PVC

250 V

332N2N3001T

H6/H12

3m

PVC

250 V

332N2N5001T

H6/H12

5m

PVC

250 V

DIN C Industrial

For 3 pole +earth version visit our website, www.oem.co.uk

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 103


Industrial connectors M12-DIN A

Technical data

Type 8500 Moulded pre-cabled connectors

2 +earth

Number of poles M12

5 (only three connected)

Number of poles

• Fully overmoulded for better protection • Quick and simple installation with M12

4A

Max. current

IP65 (DIN-plug) IP68 (M12)

IP class

-40 °C…+90 °C

Temperature range

• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-M12

Part number Straight

Circuit

Earth location

Cable length

Cable type

Voltage

85000P12M006

0.6 m

PUR

250 V ac/300 V dc

85000P12M010

1.0 m

PUR

250 V ac/300 V dc

85000P12M020

2.0 m

PUR

250 V ac/300 V dc

850B2P12M006

C4

H6/H12

0.6 m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

850B2P12M010

C4

H6/H12

1.0 m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

850B2P12M020

C4

H6/H12

2.0 m

PUR

24 V ac/dc

Part number Angled (90°)

Other lengths are available on request

Dual DIN

Technical data

Type 65AP Overmoulded pre-cabled

2 +earth

Number of poles

C4: LED+varistor

Electronics

PUR

Cable type

• Dual function from a single cable

PUR 4 x 0.75 mm² PUR 4 x 0.5 mm² with M12

Cable dimension

• Quick and simple installation

5A

Max. current

• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-A

IP65

IP class

-40 °C…+90 °C

Temperature range

Part number

Voltage

Connection thread

L1

L2

653P3NA1311C42

24 V ac/dc

Flying lead

1m

130 mm

65AP2NA2011C42

24 V ac/dc

Straight M12

1m

200 mm

65AP2NB2011C42

24 V ac/dc

Straight M12

1.5 m

200 mm

65AP2NC2011C42

24 V ac/dc

Straight M12

2m

200 mm

653P3NE1311C42

24 V ac/dc

Flying lead

3m

130 mm

Other lengths are available on request

L2

L1

104

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors Base plates DIN

Technical data

Type 262/263/222/292/293

Number of poles Max. cable dimension

• Flat and curved surface options

Max. voltage

• Fixing screw and gasket included

Material

2 +earth or 3 +earth 1 mm² (0.75 mm² for model 292 – 293) 250 V ac/300 V dc Polyamide with glass fibre self extinguishing material

• 2 and 3 pole versions

Part number

Form/Type

262000N2

DIN A

2-pole +earth

263000N2

DIN A

3-pole +earth

222000N2

DIN B Industrial

2-pole +earth

292000N2

DIN C Industrial

2-pole +earth

293000N2

DIN C Industrial

3-pole +earth

LED indicator

Number of poles

Technical data

Type A06

Number of poles

2 +earth or 3 +earth

• Perfect for fault finding

IP class

• Quick and simple installation

Temperature range

-20 °C…+120 °C

Circuit

C4: LED+varistor

• LED and transient circuit protection

Part number DIN A

Earth location

IP65, in combination with connector and gasket

Voltage

A06C42

H6/H12

24 V

A06C44

H6/H12

115 V

A06C45

H6/H12

230 V

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 105


Industrial connectors DIN A

Technical data

Type 453 Pressure switch connector indicator

3 +earth

Number of poles

18 mm

Pin spacing

IP65

IP class

• Status indicator, 2 coloured LED • Loose connector or overmoulded cable

Electronics

Q5: yellow/green LED

Cable type

PUR

Max. current

• EN175301-803 (DIN43650)-A

Temperature range

Part number

5 x 0.5 mm²

Cable dimension

• Fits all pressure switches with DIN A connector

5A PUR -40 °C…+90 °C

Circuit

Earth location

Cable length

Voltage

453P2N30021Q52

Q5

H12

3m

24 V ac/dc

453P2N50021Q52

Q5

H12

5m

24 V ac/dc

DIN-splitter/Mini-splitter/Y-cable • Fast installation • Solenoid valve and sensor connectors from one unit • Suitable for hydraulic/pneumatic valves • Reducing wiring faults Please contact OEM for further information

Junior timer overmoulded pre-cabled Type EJT

Technical data Number of poles

2 PUR

Cable type Cable dimension

2 x 0.75 mm²

Max. current

5A

• Fully overmolded for better protection

IP class

IP65

• Fast and simple installation

Temperature range

• With or without LED

Circuit

• Straight or angled 90°

Dimensions B x H x L (mm)

Part number Straight

Part number Angled (90°)

EJT1P3N100000

EJTEP3N100000

EJT1P3N300000

EJTEP3N300000

EJT1P3N500000

C4: LED+varistor Straight: 24.3 x 22.3 x 65 Angled: 24.3 x 22.3 x 52

Cable length

Voltage

-

1.0 m

250 V ac/dc

-

3.0 m

250 V ac/dc

EJTEP3N500000

-

5.0 m

250 V ac/dc

EJT1P3N150C4H

EJTEP3N150C4H

C4

1.5 m

24 V ac/dc

EJT1P3N300C4H

EJTEP3N300C4H

C4

3.0 m

24 V ac/dc

EJT1P3N500C4H

EJTEP3N500C4H

C4

5.0 m

24 V ac/dc

106

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

Circuit

PUR -40…+90 °C

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors ML-XT™

Technical data

Type 934X

500 V dc

Voltage (max)

13 A

Current (max)

111N min

Contact retention to housing

• One-piece plug housing and seal design • IP68-rated and J2030 power-wash test capable • Plug housing features integral locking latch

Mating unmating force

135N max

Operating temperature

-55 °C…+125 °C

Sealed rating

IP68 and J2030 power-wash test capable

• 9 colour-coded housings available

Part number key

Part number key

Type Plugs & receptacles

9

3

4

4

X

X

X

X

X

Series number

Type Wedgelocks (TPA)

9

3

4

4

X

X

Receptacles

4

Wedgelock for receptacles

7

Plugs

5

Wedgelock for plugs

X

8

0

3

Circuit size

Circuit size 2 circuits

1

2 circuits

1

3 circuits

2

3 circuits

2

4 circuits

3

4 circuits

3

6 circuits

4

6 circuits

4

8 circuits

5 6

Assembly options (cable gauge accepted by seal) 1.40 to 2.80 mm

1

12 circuits

2.70 to 3.60 mm

2

Colour Green

Colour Black

0

1

Grey

0

2

Green

0

3

Blue

0

4

Yellow

0

5

White

0

6

Brown

0

7

Orange

0

8

Red

0

9

Part number key Type 12 circuit

X

Series number

Part number key 9

3

4

4

X

X

X

X

Series number

Type 18 circuit – recepticles

9

3

4

X

Receptacles

5

Receptacles

4

Plugs

6

Plugs

5

Assembly options

1

1

Circuit size

1.40 – 2.80 mm

1

18

2.70 – 3.60 mm

2

Assembly options 1.40 – 2.80 mm

Keyring/colour cocding Grey (8 circuit only)

1

2

Colour

Black (8 & 12 circuit)

2

1

Black

Green (8 circuit only)

3

3

Brown (8 circuit only)

4

7

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

7

Series number

7 1 1

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 107


Industrial connectors Circuit options

Our circuit range provides LED indication or suppressor circuitry for surge protection.

Supply voltage and LED color

1 = 12V

A = 12V

2 = 24V

B = 24V

3 = 48V 4 = 115V

Red LED

5 = 230V

Input

C = 48V D = 115V E

G = 12V Green LED

= 230V

Circuit Schematic

H = 24V K = 48V L

= 115V

Yellow LED

M = 230V

Circuit Description CIRCUIT A1

V ac/dc

With bipolar LED, provides a luminous signal when power is applied.

CIRCUIT C3 V dc

With LED and diode to protect against peak overvoltage when switching off.

CIRCUIT C4 V ac/dc

With bipolar LED and VDR to protect supply and switch against peak overvoltage.

CIRCUIT E0 V dc

With diode to protect against peak overvoltage when switching off.

CIRCUIT R2 V ac

Full wave bridge rectifier with VDR to protect against overvoltage and LED to confirmthe presence of the rectified DC voltage.

CIRCUIT Q5

V ac/dc

Circuit incorporating yellow/green LED to show position of changeover contact e.g. with pressure switched etc

Earth PIN position Earth PIN position must be specified For the range of Brad mPm DIN valve connectors the position is noted looking at the face view of the connector with the cable gland (or cable exit) down below. In the H6 position the earth pin is at the bottom. In the H12 position the earth pin is at the top. Please note that the earth PIN position can be rotated 90° or 180° depending on the connector type. Earth position MUST be specified on over-molded connectors 108

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors Accessories Gaskets

Part number

Gasket Type

3011 – 03

Profile

For Connectors

Material

Packaging Style

NBR

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

Form A 3011 – 04

Profile

Silicone

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 01

Flat

NBR

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 02

Flat

Silicone

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 07

Profile

NBR

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 08

Profile

Silicone

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 05

Flat

NBR

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 06

Flat

Silicone

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

3011 – 19

Flat

NBR

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

Silicone

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

Silicone

1 Unit = 1 Bag with 100pcs

Form A

Form B and Industrial

Form Industrial

Form B 3011 – 20

Flat

3011 – 022

Profile

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Form C and Micro

INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 109


Flow instruments

110

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction 112 Installation guide

113

Flow indicators 114 Flow switches

116

ATEX switch heads

121

Flow meters 122 Flow sensors 127

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

111


Flow products Introduction Terminology Initial operation Certain basic principles must be taken into account during initial mechanical operation and electrical wiring. These are applicable for all HONSBERG products. (1) Pressure data must be observed according to device specification, as must the temperature range. (2) During installation, make sure the direction of flow is in the direction of the arrow symbol. (3) Straight stretches before and after the devices are beneficial to the device function in the sense of a laminar flow profile. (4) The circuit can either be seen on the device label or described in the delivery papers. In unfavourable cases [e.g. inductive or capacitive load], plan protective wiring (5) Clean the pipework system before installation. If permanent soiling occurs, use a magnetic filter [HONSBERG Volumat] or a dirt trap.

Electrical details Normally open – opened when at rest Normally closed – closed when at rest Changeover contact – make and break contact Output – [0] 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, PNP and/or NPN

Direction of flow The direction of flow must be observed, and is marked on every device

PN200

Flow rate Mechanical and electronic flow meters are designed for a certain flow rate or flow speed. We specify these data with a recommendation for a maximum flow speed in the area of 2-3 m/sec. or according to individual specifications for the respective product group. The maximum recommended flow rate can be exceeded. In this case increased pressure loss or heavier material wear must be expected..

Flow speed Q in l/min

2 m/s

1000

100

10

1 1

10

100

Interior diameter of pipe in mm 112 FLOW PRODUCTS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow products Installation guide Hysteresis The switching difference with switching devices and the display difference with display devices represent important operating data for the function of metering devices. The switching difference defines the difference between the switch-on and switch-off points with increasing or decreasing flow rate. This difference value is determined by the switching characteristic or the mechanical function of the metering unit. In the case of switching devices it must be ensured that the switch-on point is reached as a precondition for the contact function. In the case of display instruments there is a difference in display with increasing and decreasing flow rate.

minimum pump capacity

20% safety max. switch-on point incl. tolerances switching hysteresis max. switch-off point tolerance

switch-off point

min. switch-off point

Settling range The minimum length of the settling ranges depends on the respective application case. Basically, greater settling ranges are required when elbows or fittings are built into the intake side. Settling ranges of 5xDN are recommended.

Pressure loss The term pressure loss describes the drop in pressure caused by the device itself. This value depends largely on the device design. It is important that the system pressure is above the value of pressure loss in order to guarantee component function. The pressure loss values have been calculated on the basis of a flow speed of 2 m/sec. When this figure is exceeded, pressure loss increases disproportionately.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

1.2 bar

0.2 bar Pressure loss

FLOW PRODUCTS 113


Flow indicators Sight glass/rotor

Technical data

Type WR1

WR1-GMW

WR1-GKW

Brass

Stainless steel Water/air/gas

Media

0.7 – 700 l/min

Flow range

• 360° viewing

G 1/4 to G 1/2 female

Thread

• Also suitable for overhead assembly

Max pressure

• Glass cleaning function

Max temp (media)

100 ºC

• Natural glass

Media temperature

Max 100 ºC

16 bar

Brass CW614N nickel plated

Wetted parts Housing

Borosillicate glass

Tube NBR

Seal/wiper

Flow range l/min

Part number Brass

Stainless steel

WR1–008GMW

Stainless steel 1.4305

FKM

Maximum flow l/min water/air

Thread

Air

Water

WR1–008GKW

G 1/4 female

0.7

WR1–010GMW

WR1–010GKW

G 3/8 female

0.8

8

WR1–015GMW

WR1–015GKW

G 1/2 female

1.4

12

WR1–020GMW

WR1–020GKW

G 3/4 female

1.4

25

WR1–025GMW

WR1–025GKW

G 1 female

1.7

40

WR1–032GMW

WR1–032GKW

G 1¼ female

8.0

80

WR1–040GMW

WR1–040GKW

G 1½ female

8.0

100

WR1–008GMG

WR1–008GKG

G 1/4 female

18

60

WR1–010GMG

WR1–010GKG

G 3/8 female

20

150

WR1–015GMG

WR1–015GKG

G 1/2 female

25

250

WR1–020GMG

WR1–020GKG

G 3/4 female

25

250

WR1–025GMG

WR1–025GKG

G 1 female

35

350

WR1–032GMG

WR1–032GKG

G 1¼ female

60

600

WR1–040GMG

WR1–040GKG

G 1½ female

70

700

Piston

4

Technical data

Type NO

Media Flow range

• Up to 50 bar • Adjustable scale position • Optional switching contact • 360° viewing

Thread

Water/oil Water 0.7 – 8.0; Oil 18 – 70 G 1/4 to G 1 female

Max pressure

50 bar

Max temp (media)

90 ºC

Wetted parts Housing Tube Seal/wiper

Brass CW614N nickel plated Acrylic (XT) NBR

Thread

Flow range l/min

NO–008GM015

G 1/4 female

3 – 15

15

NO–010GM015

G 3/8 female

3 – 15

15

Part number

Maximum flow l/min water

NO–015GM030

G 1/2 female

5 – 30

30

NO–020GM050

G 3/4 female

5 – 50

50

NO–025GM060

G 1 female

10 – 60

60

114 FLOW INDICATORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow indicators Variable data

Technical data

Type VF/VO

VF-GM Water/oil

Thread

G 1/4 female 16 bar

Max pressure

• Vertical installation for flow from bottom to top

-20 ºC…100 ºC

Media temperature Wetted parts Housing

• Rugged metal design

Brass CW614N nickel plated/stainless steel 1.44571 Duran 50

Glass

• Switching versions available

VF-GK

Media

NBR

Seal/wiper

FKM

Part number Brass

Stainless steel

Thread

Flow range ml/min water

Flow range l/min water

VF–008GM006

VF–008GK006

G 1/4 female

5 – 60

60

VF–008GM013

VF–008GK014

G 1/4 female

25 – 130

130

VF–008GM060

VF–008GK060

G 1/4 female

0.1 – 0.6

0.6

VF–008GM300

VF–008GK300

G 1/4 female

0.5 – 3

3

VF–008GM500

VF–008GK500

G 1/4 female

1–5

5

VO–015GM0005

VO–015GK0005

G 1/2 female

0.1 – 0.5

0.5

VO–015GM0010

VO–015GK0010

G 1/2 female

0.3 – 1.0

1

VO–015GM0020

VO–015GK0020

G 1/2 female

0.7 – 2

2

VO–015GM0040

VO–015GK0040

G 1/2 female

1.6 – 4

4

VO–015GM0080

VO–015GK0080

G 1/2 female

3–8

8

VO–015GM0200

VO–015GK0200

G 1/2 female

8 – 20

20

VO–025GM0280

VO–025GK0280

G 1 female

12 – 28

28

VO–025GM0450

VO–025GK0450

G 1 female

15 – 45

45

VO–025GM0900

VO–025GK0900

G 1 female

30 – 90

90

VO–025GM1500

VO–025GK1500

G 1 female

60 – 150

150

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Max flow ml/min

FLOW INDICATORS 115


Flow switches Piston switch

Technical data RVM-GM

Type RVM

RVM-GK Water/oil

Media

0.04 – 3 l/min

Switching range

• Scaled switch point setting

Temperature range

• Low flow switching capabilities • High pressure

Media

-20 ºC…+100 ºC

Ambient

-20 ºC…+70 ºC

Max pressure

300 bar

350 bar

Wetted parts

Brass CW614N nickel plated

Stainless steel 1.4571

NBR

FKM

Seal

Changeover N/O contact 200 V AC, 1 A, 20 VA

Reed switch

Part number Brass

Stainless steel

RVM–008GM013

Adjustment range

Max flow

Thread

P N bar Brass

P N bar Stainless steel

mI/min water

RVM–008GK013

G 1/4 female

300

350

40 – 130

RVM–008GM060

RVM–008GK060

G 1/4 female

300

350

0.1 – 0.6

0.72

RVM–008GM300

RVM–008GK300

G 1/4 female

300

350

0.5 – 3

3.6

Piston switch

I/min water

mI/min

Technical data

Type FW1

FW1-GP

FW1-GM Water

Media

• Minimal pressure loss • Good repeatability

Switching range

1 – 11 l/min

Thread

G 1/4 – G 1

Temperature range

• High switch capability

Media

• Insensitive to dirt

-20 ºC…+90 °C

Ambient

-20 ºC…+70 °C

Max pressure

10 bar

100 bar

Wetted parts

POM GV stainless steel 1.4310

Brass CW614N

NBR (DN8–10 only)

Seal Reed switch

Part number

I/min

170

Max 230 V, 0.5 A, 50 VA

Thread

Adjustment range I/min water

Max flow I/min water

P max (bar)

FW1–015GP006

G 1/2 female

1–6

20

10

FW1–020GP011

G 3/4 female

1 – 11

40

10

FW1–025GP011

G 1 female

1 – 11

60

10

FW1–008GM006

G 1/4 female

1–6

8

100

0.2

FW1–010GM006

G 3/8 female

1–6

10

100

0.3

FW1–015GM006

G 1/2 female

1–6

20

100

0.8

FW1–020GM011

G 3/4 female

1 – 11

30

100

0.2

FW1–025GM011

G 1 female

1 – 11

30

100

0.2

116 FLOW SWITCHES

Pressure loss (bar)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow switches Piston switch

Technical data

Type HD2K

HD2K-GM

Oil 0.5 – 60 l/min

Switching range

• Viscosity range 30 – 330 cst

HD2K-GK

Oil

Media

G 1/4 – G 1

Thread

• On site setting of switch via scale + gear • Optional mechanical displays (flow or temp)

Temperature range Media

-20 ºC…+120 °C 200 bar

Max pressure Wetted parts Seal

Brass CW614N

Stainless steel 1.4571

NBR

FKM

Wiring 0.213 change over 250 V ac, 1.5 A, 50 VA

Reed switch

Adjustment range

Pressure loss [bar] at max flow

Part number Brass

Stainless steel

Thread

I/min oil 30 – 330 cst

Viscosity stability

30 cSt

60 cSt

100 cSt

205 cSt

330 cSt

HD2K–008GM008

HD2K–008GK008

G 1/4

0.5 – 8

±8%, min ±0,3 l/min

1.1

1.4

1.6

2.8

3.5

HD2K–010GM015

HD2K–010GK015

G 3/8

1.5 – 15

±8%, min ±0,5 l/min

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.8

3.5

HD2K–015GM025

HD2K–015GK025

G 1/2

2.5 – 25

±8%, min ±0,8 l/min

1.9

2.0

2.1

2.3

2.9

HD2K–020GM040

HD2K–020GK040

G 3/4

6 – 40

±8%, min ±2,7 l/min

1.9

2.0

2.1

2.3

2.6

HD2K–025GM060

HD2K–025GK060

G1

12 – 60

±8%, min ±3,0 l/min

2.1

2.3

2.4

2.6

2.8

Piston switch

Technical data

Type MR

MR-GM

MR-GK Water/oil

Media

Temperature range

• High switching power • Optional mechanical display (flow)

Media

-20 ºC…+120 ºC

Ambient

-20 ºC…+70 ºC

Seal Reed switch

Thread

Adjustment range I/min water

Max flow I/min water

G 1/4 female

0.4 – 4

MR–010GK010

G 3/8 female

MR–015GK020

G 1/2 female

MR–020GM040

MR–020GK040

MR–025GM060

MR–025GK060

Stainless steel

MR–008GM004

MR–008GK004

MR–010GM010 MR–015GM020

200 bar

Max pressure Wetted parts

Part number Brass

0.4 – 60 l/min

Switching range

• Hermetical sealing of hydraulic and electrical components

Brass CW614N stainless steel 1.4301 1.4310

Stainless steel 1.4571, 1.4305 1.4301, 1.4310

NBR

FKM

Change over 250 V AC, 1.5 A, 50 VA

P max bar Brass

P max bar Stainless steel

10

200

200

1 – 10

20

200

200

5 – 20

30

200

200

G 3/4 female

10 – 40

60

200

200

G 1 female

20 – 60

80

200

200

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Pressure loss

FLOW SWITCHES 117


Flow switches Piston switch

Technical data

Type VD

Water

Media

• Complete with DIN connector

Switching range

1 – 330 l/min

Thread

G 1/4 – G 3

Temperature range

• High switching ranges • Switching point site adjustable • ATEX optional

Media

-20 ºC…+120 °C

Ambient

-20 ºC…+70 °C

Max pressure

G 1/4…G 1 25 bar; G 1¼ – G 3 16 bar

Wetted parts

Bronze Rg5, Rg6; Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4310 NBR

Seal

Change over 250 V AC, 1.5 A, 50 VA

Reed switch

Part number

Thread

Adjustment range I/min water

Max flow I/min water

P max (bar)

VD–008GR010

G 1/4

1 – 10

15

25

VD–010GR010

G 3/8

1 – 10

15

25

VD–015GR020

G 1/2

4 – 20

30

25

VD–020GR020

G 3/4

4 – 20

40

25

VD–025GR040

G1

10 – 40

60

25

VD–032GR060

G 1¼

20 – 60

100

16

VD–040GR100

G 1½

30 – 100

150

16

VD–050GR150

G2

50 – 150

250

16

VD–065GR200

G 2½

100 – 200

400

16

VD–080GR330

G3

180 – 330

600

16

Paddle switch

Technical data

Type UR1

Water

Media

2.5 – 53 l/min

Switching range

G 3/8 – G 2

Thread

• Good repeatability

Temperature range

• Low pressure loss • Stress free fixing of switch unit by plastic cap • Optional stainless steel & plastic bodies available

Media

-20 ºC…+110 ºC

Ambient

-20 ºC…+70 ºC

Max pressure

25 bar

Wetted parts

Brass CW617N, CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301 NBR

Seal Reed switch

Wiring 0.225 NC or NO depending on installation position 250 V ac, 1 A 50 VA

Part number

Thread

Adjustment range I/min water

Max flow I/min

P max (bar)

UR1–010GM

G 3/8 female

2.5 – 3.5

10

25

UR1–015GM

G 1/2 female

4 – 4.5

20

25

UR1–020GM

G 3/4 female

5–6

40

25

UR1–025GM

G 1 female

9.5 – 11.5

60

25

UR1–032GM

G 1¼ female

13.5 – 17.5

80

25

UR1–040GM

G 1½ female

30 – 38

100

25

UR1–050GM

G 2 female

42 – 53

150

25

118 FLOW SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow switches Paddle switch

Technical data

Type UM3K/UR3K

UR3M-GM

UR3K-GK

UM3K-GM

UM3K-GK Water

Media

• Compact design

Switching range

• Site adjustable switch

Thread

• Low pressure loss

Temperature range

3.5 – 93 l/min G 3/8 – G 2

Media

-20 ºC…+110 ºC

Ambient

-20 ºC…+70 ºC

• Micro switch

25 bar

Max pressure

Brass CW617N, CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301

Wetted parts

Stainless steel 1.4571, 1.4301

Non-contact materials NBR

FKM

UR3… Micro switch wiring 0.371 change over

UM3… Reed switch wiring 0.372 no 230 V ac 1 A 50 VA

Seal

Reed switch

Part number Brass

Stainless steel

UM3K–010GM055 UM3K–015GM070

Thread

Adjustment range I/min water

Max flow I/min

PN bar

UM3K–010GK055

G 3/8 female

4 – 5.5

10

25

UM3K–015GK070

G 1/2 female

5.5 – 7

20

25

UM3K–020GM100

UM3K–020GK100

G 3/4 female

7.5 – 10

40

25

UM3K–025GM180

UM3K–025GK180

G 1 female

14 – 18

60

25

UM3K–032GM300

UM3K–032GK300

G 1¼ female

22 – 30

80

25

UM3K–040GM500

UM3K–040GK500

G 1½ female

37 – 50

100

25

UM3K–050GM930

UM3K–050GK930

G 2 female

67 – 93

150

25

UR3K–010GM050

UR3K–010GK050

G 3/8 female

3.5 – 5

10

25

UR3K–015GM065

UR3K–015GK065

G 1/2 female

5 – 6.5

20

25

UR3K–020GM085

UR3K–020GK085

G 3/4 female

6 – 8.5

40

25

UR3K–025GM150

UR3K–025GK150

G 1 female

12 – 15

60

25

UR3K–032GM270

UR3K–032GK270

G 1¼ female

20 – 27

80

25

UR3K–040GM440

UR3K–040GK440

G 1½ female

34 – 44

100

25

UR3K–050GM690

UR3K–050GK690

G 2 female

54 – 69

150

25

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

FLOW SWITCHES 119


Flow switches Paddle switch

Technical data

Type CRG

CRG–HM

CRG–HK Water

Media

• 0.20 up to 90.8 M3/h switching range • DN 25 up to DN 200

0.2 – 165.7 m3/h

Switching range

R1

Thread Temperature range

• Suitable with ferrite particles • Changeable paddle set

Media

-20 °C…+120 °C

Ambient

-20 °C…+85 °C 11 bar

Max pressure Wetted parts

Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301 Tombak

Stainless steel 1.4301 NBR

Seal

Changeover 250 V dc, 15 A

Switch

Part number Brass

Thread

Tube Ø mm

Flow range m3/h water

Flow max m3/h

Paddle type

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 25

0.6 – 2.0

3.6

1

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 32

0.8 – 2.8

6

1

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 40

1.1 – 3.7

9

1

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 50

2.2 – 5.7

15

1, 2

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 65

2.7 – 6.5

24

1, 2

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 80

4.3 – 10.7

36

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 100

11.4 – 27.7

60

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 150

35.9 – 81.7

120

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HM

R1

DN 200

72.6 – 165.7

240

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 25

0.6 – 2.0

3.6

1

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 32

0.8 – 2.8

6

1

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 40

1.1 – 3.7

9

1

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 50

2.2 – 5.7

15

1, 2

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 65

2.7 – 6.5

24

1, 2

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 80

4.3 – 10.7

36

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 100

11.4 – 27.7

60

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 150

35.9 – 81.7

120

1, 2, 3

CRG–025HK

R1

DN 200

72.6 – 165.7

240

1, 2, 3

120 FLOW SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


ATEX switch heads ATEX switch head for VD (page 118) Technical data

A–V1 I M1 Ex ia I

wiring 0.213

wiring 0.208 diode red

II 1G Ex ia IIC T4

ATEX approved

II 1D Ex iaD 20 T135

1 2 30 V 1.5 A

3 50 W

1 2 15 V 1.5 A 28 V 1.5 A 36 V 1.5 A

Temperature

3 50 W 50 W 50 W

Media

-20 °C…+120 ºC

Ambient

-20 °C…+70 ºC

Cable

2.5 m

Technical data

A–V1

ATEX approved

II 1G Ex ia IIC T4

Part number key Type

A

-

V

1

X

Wiring 0.213 30 V

1

Wiring 0.208 15 V

2

Wiring 0.208 28 V

4

Wiring 0.208 36 V

4

ATEX switch head for UR1 (page 118) wiring 0.442

I M1 Ex ia I

Normally open

II 1D Ex iaD 20 T135

1

2

wiring 0.442

1

Part number key Type

A

-

U

2 1

Wiring 0.442

Normally closed

1

Temperature Media

-20 °C…+110 ºC

Ambient

-20 °C…+70 ºC 2.5 m

Cable

1

2

2

1 1

ATEX switch head for HD2K, HD2KO (page 117) Technical data

A–V1 I M1 Ex ia I II 1G Ex ia IIC T4

ATEX approved

II 1D Ex iaD 20 T135 Temperature Media

-20 °C…+120 ºC

Ambient

-20 °C…+70 ºC 2.5 m

Cable

Part number key Type

wiring 0.213 A

-

H

1

X

Wiring 0.213 30 V

1

Wiring 0.208 15 V

2

Wiring 0.208 28 V

4

Wiring 0.208 36 V

4

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

1 2 30 V 1.5 A

3 50 W

wiring 0.208 diode red

1 2 15 V 1.5 A 28 V 1.5 A 36 V 1.5 A

3 50 W 50 W 50 W

ATEX SWITCH HEADS 121


Flow meters Variable area

Technical data

Type UK

Air/water

Media

0.04 – 100 Nl/hr air; 0.2 – 220 l/h water

Flow range

1/8 NPT

Thread

• Full acrylic design

6 bar

Max pressure

• Full–surface print of scale

Max temp

• Brass fittings

Ambient

• Additional needle valve (option)

-20 °C…+65 ºC

Media

• Stainless steel available

-20 …+65 ºC Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4305 1.4301, acrylic, glass

Wetted parts

NBR

Seal

Range Part number

Thread – NPT

NI/min air

Medium

P max bar

Accuracy

UK–020GML0000

NPT 1/8

0.04 – 0.5

Air

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GML0001

NPT 1/8

0.1 – 1

Air

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GML0005

NPT 1/8

0.4 – 5

Air

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GML0025

NPT 1/8

2.5 – 25

Air

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GMW0003

NPT 1/8

0.2 – 3

Water

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GMW0006

NPT 1/8

0.5 – 6

Water

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GMW0015

NPT 1/8

1 – 15

Water

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GMW0040

NPT 1/8

4 – 40

Water

6

±5% SEW

UK–020GMW0080

NPT 1/8

10 – 80

Water

6

±5% SEW

UK–040GML0010

NPT 1/8

1.0 – 10

Air

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GML0020

NPT 1/8

2.0 – 20

Air

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GML0030

NPT 1/8

3.0 – 30

Air

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GML0050

NPT 1/8

4.0 – 50

Air

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GML00100

NPT 1/8

10.0 – 100

Air

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GMW0014

NPT 1/8

1.0 – 14

Water

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GMW0040

NPT 1/8

4.0 – 40

Water

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GMW0080

NPT 1/8

8.0 – 80

Water

6

±3% SEW

UK–040GMW0220

NPT 1/8

20.0 – 220

Water

6

±3% SEW

122 FLOW METERS

I/h water

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow meters Piston

Technical data

Type TZ1

Water, oil

Media

2 – 600 l/min (water)

Flow range

G 1/4 – G 3

Thread

• Horizontal installation position, measuring unit upwards

Temperature

• Mechanical operation, independent of pressure

Media

-20 °C…+90 ºC

Ambient

• Good scale resolution

-20 °C…+70 ºC Bronze RG 5/RG 6, plated; brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4301

Wetted parts

• Wide measuring ranges

Part number

1/2 = 100 bar; 3/4…1 = 25 bar; 1¼…3 = 16 bar

Max pressure

NBR

Seal/wiper

Thread – NPT

Flow rate l/min 1–100 cSt

Max flow l/min 1–100 cSt

Max pressure bar

TZ1–008GR006

NPT 1/4

2–6

8

100

TZ1–010GR012

NPT 3/8

3 – 12

12

100

TZ1–015GR020

NPT1/2

4 – 20

20

100

TZ1–020GR040

NPT 3/4

10 – 40

40

25

TZ1–025GR060

NPT 1

10 – 60

60

25

TZ1–032GR100

NPT 1¼

10 – 100

100

16

TZ1–040GR150

NPT 1½

10 – 150

150

16

TZ1–050GR250

NPT 2

20 – 250

250

16

TZ1–065GR400

NPT 2½

30 – 400

400

16

TZ1–080GR600

NPT 3

30 – 600

600

16

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

FLOW METERS 123


Flow sensors Colorimetric

Technical data

Type LABO-F012

Water

Media

2 – 150 cm/s

Flow range

G 1/2 A compression fitting

Thread

• Low pressure loss • Optional programmable version

24 V dc

Supply voltage

4 – 20 mA, 0 – 10 V

Output

• IP67

Max pressure

• LED indication (power on)

Max temp (media)

• No moving parts

Accuracy

40 bar stainless steel fitting -20 °C…+70 °C Typical ±10% or 2 cm/s (±5% FS mounted in T-piece) Stainless steel 1.4571

Wetted parts

Part number

Output

Sensor length (mm)

P max pressure (bar)

LABO-F012-I100KN

4 – 20 mA

123

10 bar

LABO-F012-I150KN

4 – 20 mA

173

10 bar

LABO-F012-I200KN

4 – 20 mA

223

10 bar

LABO-F012-U100KN

0 – 10 V

123

10 bar

LABO-F012-U150KN

0 – 10 V

173

10 bar

LABO-F012-U200KN

0 – 10 V

223

10 bar

LABO-F012-F100KN

Frequency output max 2 kHz

123

10 bar

LABO-F012-F150KN

Frequency output max 2 kHz

173

10 bar

LABO-F012-F200KN

Frequency output max 2 kHz

223

10 bar

Rotor

Technical data

Type RR1

Water

Media

• Fully plastic design • High pulse resolution

Flow range

1.8 – 120 l/m

Thread

G 3/8 or G 1

Supply voltage

5 – 30 V DC 4 – 29 V, square signal

Output

• Good linearity

Max pressure

• Wide measuring ranges

Max temp (media)

• Viscosity up to 10 cSt

Accuracy Wetted parts

16 bar 0 °C…+60 °C ±3% PPS, PVDF, stainless steel 1.4310, iglidur X, ceramic ZrO2-TZP FKM

Seals

Part number

Thread – NPT

Max flow I/min

P max bar

Measuring I/min

Pulses/I

RRI–010GVP020V10

3/8

1.8

16

0.1 – 1.5

10200

RRI–010GVP050V10

3/8

12

16

0.2 – 10

3345

RRI–010GVP070V10

3/8

14.4

16

0.4 – 12

1755

RRI–025GVP080V10

1

36

16

2 – 30

1216

RRI–025GVP120V10

1

72

16

3 – 60

607

RRI–025GVP160V10

1

120

16

4 – 100

252

124 FLOW SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow sensors Vortex

Technical data

Type CF

Water

Media Flow range

• Vortex principle

Supply voltage

• No moving parts

0.9 – 150 l/min G 1/4 – G 1 female thread

Thread

10 – 30 V dc voltage output 10 V: 15 – 30 V dc Push-pull

Output

• LED power on indicator

Max pressure

• Optional outputs available

Max temp (media)

10 bar 0 °C…+60 °C Up to 50% full scale value ±1% of measured value; from 50% of full scale value; ±2% of measured value

Accuracy

Wetted parts

Brass CW614N; stainless steel 1.4571 POM, ETFE PA6T6I EPDM

Seals

Part number key Type

C

F

X

X

X

G 1/4

0

0

8

G 3/8

0

1

0

G 1/2

0

1

5

G 3/4

0

2

0

G1

0

2

5

G

X

X

X

X

X

0,9 – 15 l/mim

0

1

5

1,8 – 32 l/mim

0

3

2

3,5 – 50 l/mim

0

5

0

5,0 – 85 l/mim

0

8

5

9,0 – 150 l/mim

1

5

0

E

E

Nominal width

Process connection Female thread

G

Connection material CW614N plated

M

1.4571

K

POM

P

Body material CW614N plated

M

1.4571

K

POM GF

P

Metering range

Seal material EPDM

E

Connection for Electronics Type

E L

A

B

O

C

F

X

X

X

G 1/4

0

0

8

G 3/8

0

1

0

G 1/2

0

1

5

G 3/4

0

2

0

G1

0

2

5

X

X

S

For nominal width

Signal output 4 – 20 mA

I

0 – 10 V

U

Programming Full scale value cannot be programmed (no teaching)

N

Optional – Full scale value can be programmed (teaching possible)

P

Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

S FLOW SENSORS 125


Flow sensors Magnetic inductive

Technical data

Type MID1/LABOMID1

Media Flow range Thread

• Magnetic-inductive

Electrically conductive fluids 0.5 – 60 l/min R 1/4 – R 1

• No moving parts

Supply voltage

10 – 30 V dc voltage output 10 V: 15 – 30 V dc

• Low pressure loss

Output

NPN o.C. 400 Hz full scale value

• Compact design

Max pressure Max temp (media)

• For conductive fluids

Accuracy

• LED power indication

Wetted parts Seals

10 bar 0 °C…+60 °C (avoid frost and dew) 0.5 – 4.2% depending on filter time selected Stainless steel 1.4404 PPS FKM

Part number key Type

M

I

D

1

X

X

X

DN 8 – R 1/4

0

0

8

DN 15 – R 1/2

0

1

5

DN 25 – R 1

0

2

5

A

P

X

X

X

0.5 – 1 l/mim

0

0

1

0.50 – 10 l/mim

0

1

0

3.0– 60 l/mim

0

6

0

E

Nominal width

Process connection Male thread

A

Housing material PPS

P

Metering range

Connection for Electronics

E

Part number key Type

L

A

B

O

M

I

D

1

X

X

X

R 1/4

0

0

8

R 1/2

0

1

5

R1

0

2

5

X

X

S

For nominal width

Signal output 4 – 20 mA

I

0 – 10 V

U

Frequency output

F

Programming Full scale value cannot be programmed (no teaching)

N

Optional – Full scale value can be programmed (teaching possible)

P

Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole

126 FLOW SENSORS

S

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Flow sensors Diaphragm

Technical data

Type LABOXF

Media 0.4 – 100 l/min

Flow range

G 1/4 – G 1

Thread

• Dynamic diaphragm • Low pressure loss

Supply voltage

• Fast response time

Output

• Modular concept

Max pressure

10 – 30 V dc at voltage output 10 V: 15 – 30 V dc 4 – 20 mA (0 – 20 on request) Plastic construction: PN 16 bar Full metal construction: PN 100 bar 0 °C…+70 °C

Max temp (media)

±

Accuracy

See selection table below

Wetted parts

FKM

Seals

Part number key Type

L

A

B

O

X

F

X

X

X

G 1/4

0

0

8

G 3/8

0

1

0

G 1/2

0

1

5

G 3/4

0

2

0

G1

0

2

5

X

X

X

X

X

X

0.4 – 6.0 l/min

0

0

6

1.0 – 15.0 l/min

0

1

5

1.0 – 25.0 l/min

0

2

5

1.0 – 50.0 l/min

0

5

0

1.0 – 80.0 l/min

0

8

0

1.0 – 100.0 l/min

1

0

0

X

S

Signal output 4 – 20 mA

I

0 – 10 V

U

For nominal width

Process connection Female thread

G

Male thread (option)

A

Connection material CW614N nickelled

M

POM

P

Stainless steel

K

Body material PPS

Q

CW614N nickelled

M

Stainless steel

K

Metering range

Seal material FKM

V

EPDM (option)

E

NBR (option)

N

Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

S

FLOW SENSORS 127


Level switches & sensors

128

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction 130 Vertical mount level switches

131

Multipoint level switches

134

Continuous level sensors

135

Sidewall mount level switches

136

Level kits

138

Visual level indication/switch

139

Conductivity level switches

140

Capacitive level sensor

141

Capacitive level sensor/switches

142

Level pressure sensors (submersible)

144

Customised special items

145

Customised special items 145

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

129


Level switches & sensors Introduction to level switches and sensors

OEM Automatic offer level switches and sensors for vertical and horizontal installation with float and reed switch technology, conductive probes and capacitive probes.

Float Float technology is used in both level switch and sensor applications and is the simplest form of monitoring level in liquids. A float is equipped with one or more magnets, mounted on a stem/ guide that follows the variation of the liquid level up to a positioned electrical contact sealed inside of the stem. This can be done as a single level switch, multi point level switch with up to six floats on one stem or as a continuous level sensor where the stem has a reed chain inside.

Customised options include built in filling and suction tubes, ATEX, conditions where liquid is moving and temperature sensor or switch.

Reed chain 5 mm/step

Reed chain 10 mm/step

Sealing with resin

Conductive technology Conductive probes are used for level switching and indication. One or more electrodes (made of stainless steel and coated in a suitable coating to prevent incrustations), when immersed in a conductive liquid and powered, close an electrical circuit through the liquid i.e one probe in the water and one out.

Insulation

Coated electrode

Sensitive part

Capacitive technology Capacitive probes can be used for level switching and sensing. The sensor detects the change in capacitance that arises when the electrode is in either a liquid or a powder compared to when it is in air.

130 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Vertical mount level switches Vertical mount level switches

Technical data

Type S1. B/V/F/S

Material

Nickel plated brass/Spansil

Contact

NC or SPDT –

Seal

130 °C (depending on type)

Max temperature

G 1/8, G 1/4, G 3/8

Electrical connection

0.35 – 0.75

Specific gravity

50 bar

Max pressure

Order no.

Type

Materials

Thread

Contact

Specifc gravity

Cable length

Max temp

Max pressure

00.0002.0270

S1.B20

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

NC

0.4

1.5 m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.7557

S1.B20

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

NC

0.4

3m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.9095

S1.B20

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

SPDT

0.4

1.5 m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.5499

S1.B20

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

SPDT

0.4

3m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.0025

S1.B45

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

NC

0.35

1.5 m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.1402

S1.B45

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

NC

0.35

3m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.0185.1

S1.B45

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

SPDT

0.35

1.5 m`

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.9096

S1.B45

Nickel plated brass/spansil

G 1/8

SPDT

0.35

3m

105°C

20 bar

00.0002.5684

S1.V49

PVC

G 3/8

NC

0.7

1.5 m

60°C

6 bar

00.0002.9097

S1.V49

PVC

G 3/8

NC

0.7

3m

60°C

6 bar

00.0002.5657

S1.V49

PVC

G 3/8

SPDT

0.7

1.5 m

60°C

6 bar

00.0002.9098

S1.V49

PVC

G 3/8

SPDT

0.7

3m

60°C

6 bar

00.0002.5461

S1.F25

PVDF

G 1/8

NC

0.65

1.5 m

130°C

6 bar

00.0002.6610

S1.F25

PVDF

G 1/8

NC

0.65

3m

130°C

6 bar

00.0002.2282.3

S1.S29

Stainless steel

G 1/8

NC

0.75

1.5 m

105°C

30 bar

00.0002.3390.2

S1.S29

Stainless steel

G 1/8

NC

0.75

3m

105°C

30 bar

00.0002.7891

S1.S29

Stainless steel

G 1/8

SPDT

0.75

1.5 m

105°C

30 bar

00.0002.9099

S1.S29

Stainless steel

G 1/8

SPDT

0.75

3m

105°C

30 bar

00.0002.0933.2

S1.S52

Stainless steel

G 1/4

NC

0.7

1.5 m

105°C

50 bar

00.0002.2329.1

S1.S52

Stainless steel

G 1/4

NC

0.7

3m

105°C

50 bar

00.0002.5914

S1.S52

Stainless steel

G 1/4

SPDT

0.7

1.5 m

105°C

50 bar

00.0002.5040

S1.S52

Stainless steel

G 1/4

SPDT

0.7

3m

105°C

50 bar

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 131


Vertical mount level switches Vertical mount level switches

Technical data

Type S1.B45

Material

Brass/spansil

Contact

NC (indepndantly wired)

Seal

• Connection: brass, aluminium, PVC • Hermetic & replaceable electrical contact • Easy mounting, threaded or flanged

Max temperature Electrical connection Specific gravity Max pressure

NBR 105°C Plug DIN 43650 0.35 20 Bar

• Degree of protection IP65

Length (L0)

Threaded G 1

Flanged 55 mm diameter

100mm

00.0002.2840

00.0002.2849.2

150mm

00.0002.2761

00.0002.3233.1

200mm

00.0002.2842

00.0002.3234.1

250mm

00.0002.2843

00.0002.3235.1

300mm

00.0002.2844

00.0002.3236.1

350mm

00.0002.2845

00.0002.3237.1

400mm

00.0002.2846

00.0002.3238.1

450mm

00.0002.2847

00.0002.2856.1

500mm

00.0002.2848

00.0002.2857.1

Threaded

Flanged

2 holes on Ø43 mm 3 holes on Ø42 mm

SPST contact B = 35 mm

132 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Vertical mount level switches Vertical mount level switches

Technical data

Type M2.B45

Material

Brass/spansil

Contact

2 x NC (common wired)

Seal Max temperature

• Connection: brass, aluminium, PVC

Electrical connection

• Easy mounting, threaded or flanged

Specific gravity

• Degree of protection IP65

Max pressure

NBR 105 °C Plug DIN 43650 0.35 20 bar

• High/low switch function

Length (L0)

Threaded G 1

Flanged 55 mm diameter

200mm

00.0002.2876

00.0002.3253.1

250mm

00.0002.2877

00.0002.3254.1

300mm

00.0002.2878

00.0002.3255.1

350mm

00.0002.2879

00.0002.3256.1

400mm

00.0002.2880

00.0002.3257.1

450mm

00.0002.2881

00.0002.2866.1

500mm

00.0002.2882

00.0002.3231.1

Threaded

Flanged

2 holes on Ø43 mm 3 holes on Ø42 mm

L0

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

L2

65

65

65

75

75

75

85

L1

165

215

265

315

365

415

465

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 133


Multipoint level switches Multipoint level switches Type M2/Multipoint O/S/V-F

• 1 – 6 floats/switch points

• 1/8" up to 2" thread options plus up to three flange options (depending on type)

• Up to 6 m long

• Five standard electrical connection options

• Up to 50 bar (depending on type)

• Selectable contact & switching options

• Up to 130 °C.(depending on type)

• Floats for specific gravities ranging from 0.35 up to 0.8

• ATEX approved versions available • Materials: PVC, polypropylene, PVDF, brass/spansil & stainless steel

Please contact us for a specification sheet

On-off level switches chart W1

W2

IP65 housing W1 max 5 terminals Ø70 W2 mas 12 terminals Ø100

Flanges

E1

S1

P1

C

CMI

Exd IP65 housing Max 12 terminals

DIN 43650 plug Max 3 terminals

IP68 cable gland Cable length L…mm

Cable or leads Cable length L…mm

Cable or leads Cable length L…mm

Ø100

Ø…

Ø4.5 mm 2 holes on Ø43 mm 3 holes on Ø42 mm

L6

Approvals

Liquid under control: .....................................................................

Yes

Specific gravity: ........................................................................... GOST-R Ex

Max pressure:..............................................................................

No Exd

Exi a

Max temperature:.........................................................................

L5

Process connection Threaded: .......................................................

Ø4.5 mm 6 holes on Ø60 mm

L4

Material Brass

L3

UNI – DIN – ANSI

L2

Flanged:.........................................................

Stainless steel AISI-316

PVC

PP

Wirings Independent contacts NO or NC (max 6 contacts) NO

NC

11

NO

NC

7

NO

NC

5

NO

NC

3

NO

NC

2

NO

NC

1

L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1

12

Independent SPDT contacts (max 4 contacts) 12

10 9

8 6

6

4 3

2

Common wired NO or NC contacts (max 6 contacts)

L4

NO

NC

L6

NO

NC

L5

NO

NC

L4

NO

NC

L3

NO

NC

L2 L1

134 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

11 10

L3

8 7

L2

5 4

L1

2 1

Common wired SPDT contacts (max 5 contacts) 11

7

L1

PVDF

6

L5

5

L4

10 9

4

L3

1

6 5

3 2

8 7

L2

4 3

L1

2 1

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Contiuous level sensors Continuous level sensors Type LC/Linear O/S/V-F

• Potentiometric, 4 – 20 mA, 0 – 5 V, 0– 10 V outputs

• Materials: PVC, polypropylene, PVDF, brass/ spansil & stainless steel

• Up to 6 m long

• 3/8" up to 2" thread options plus up to two flange options (depending on type)

• Up to 50 bar (depending on type)

• Five standard electrical connection options

• Up to 130 °C working pressure (depending on type)

• Floats for specific gravities ranging from 0.35 up to 0.8

• ATEX approved versions available

• Optional mounted/built-in digital display (4 – 20 mA) Please contact us for a specification sheet

Continuous level sensors W1 IP65 housing Potentiometric outputs 4 –20 mA; 0 –5 V; 0 –10 V

S1 DIN 43650 IP 65 plug Potentiometric outputs

S1

P1-P2

DIN 43650 IP 65 plug 4 –20 mA; 0 –5 V; 0 –10 V output

O1

P1-P2

P1 brass cable gland IP68 P2 polyamide cable gland IP67 Potentiometric outputs

P1 brass cable gland IP68 P2 polyamide cable gland IP67 4 –20 mA; 0 –5 V; 0 –10 V output

2 holes on Ø43 mm Flanges 3 holes on Ø42 mm

Ø4.5 mm

Approvals

Liquid under control: .....................................................................

6 holes on Ø60 mm Yes

Specific gravity: ........................................................................... GOST-R Ex

Max pressure:.............................................................................. A − A1

Ø4.5 mm

OMNI electric head 4 –20 mA output with digital display

No Exd

Exi a

Max temperature:.........................................................................

Process connection Threaded: .......................................................

Flanged:.........................................................

UNI – DIN – ANSI

Material Brass L0

Stainless steel AISI-316

PVC

PP

PVDF

LM

Outputs Potentiometric output

4−20 mA output 1

1 Kohm 2

1

3

I

R R = 1KΩ ÷ 15KΩ depending on LM B

0−5/0−10 V output

2 V

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

2

4−20 mA

Max load 500 Ω, power supply 18−36 V dc 4−20 mA output with digital display

1 R

V+ (18−36 V dc)

R

3

1

V+ (18−30 V dc) R

2

0−5 V/0−10 V GND

I

3

V+ (18−30 V dc) (0) 4−20 mA GND

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 135


Sidewall mount level switches Sidewall mount level switches

Technical data

Type S1.PML/S1.FML

Material

Polypropylene or PVDF

Contact

SPST FKM (standard)/silicone (on request)

Seal

130 °C (depending on type)

Max temperature

• Easy to install

0.6/ 0.75

Specific gravity

• Internal or external mounting

6 bar (depending on type)

Max pressure

• FKM seals • Normally open or normally closed • 4 standard cable lengths

Installing from outside

Order no.

Installing from inside

Type

Materials

Mounting

Contact

Specifc gravity

Cable length

Max temperature

Max pressure

00.0002.5675

S1.PML

Polypropylene

Internal/external

SPST

0.6

1.5 m

90 °C

3 bar

00.0002.8284

S1.PML

Polypropylene

Internal/external

SPST

0.6

3m

90 °C

3 bar

00.0002.7665

S1.PML

Polypropylene

Internal/external

SPST

0.6

5m

90 °C

3 bar

00.0002.9100

S1.PML

Polypropylene

Internal/external

SPST

0.6

10 m

90 °C

3 bar

00.0002.8790

S1.FML

PVDF

Internal/external

SPST

0.75

1.5 m

130 °C

6 bar

00.0002.5910

S1.FML

PVDF

Internal/external

SPST

0.75

3m

130 °C

6 bar

00.0002.7719

S1.FML

PVDF

Internal/external

SPST

0.75

5m

130 °C

6 bar

00.0002.9119

S1.FML

PVDF

Internal/external

SPST

0.75

10 m

130 °C

6 bar

For quantities over 500 pieces please contact us

Sidewall mount level switches

Technical data

Type SML

Material

Stainless steel

Contact

SPST/SPDT (depending on type) FKM

Seal

110 °C

Max temperature

• Simple installation

0.67

Specific gravity

• NO/NC or changeover

30 bar

Max pressure

• FKM seals • Optional ATEX versions availablew Order no.

Type

Materials

Mounting

Contact

Specifc gravity

Cable length

Max temperature

Max pressure

00.0002.9101

SML

Stainless steel

Internal

SPST

0.67

1.5 m

110 °C

30 bar

00.0002.9102

SML

Stainless steel

Internal

SPST

0.67

3m

110 °C

30 bar

00.0002.9103

SML

Stainless steel

Internal

SPDT

0.67

1.5 m

110 °C

30 bar

00.0002.9104

SML

Stainless steel

Internal

SPDT

0.67

3m

110 °C

30 bar

136 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sidewall mount level switches Sidewall mount level switches

Technical data

Type B77/S50

Material

Brass/spansil or stainless steel

Mounting

External 180 °C (depending on type)

Max temperature

• Switchhead replaceable without removal

0.4/ 0.7 (depending on type)

Specific gravity

25 bar (depending on type)

Max pressure

• Adjustable stem length • PG9 cable gland outlet • G1 thread

B77 type C

B77 type D Order no.

Type

Materials (wetted parts)

Mounting

Contact

Specifc gravity

Max temperature

Max pressure

00.0002.6735

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.5442

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.5595

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.5345

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.7910

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.6765

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.5191

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

00.0002.5392

B77

Natural brass/spansil

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.4

120 °C

10 bar

Order no.

Type

Materials (wetted parts)

Mounting

Contact

Specifc gravity

Max temperature

Max pressure

00.0002.5711

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.8052

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.2755.3

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.3376.1

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.5051

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.5185

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/1 microswitch

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.3130.2

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

00.0002.5035

S50

Stainless steel

External

SPDT/2 microswitches

0.7

180 °C

25 bar

S50 type C

S50 type D

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 137


Level kits Level kits

Technical data

Type Kit.S1

Material

Brass/spansil

Contact

SPST NBR

Seal

105 °C

Max temperature

• Single switchpoint • G1 Thread or 55mm flange connection • Three standard stem lengths

Plug DIN 43650

Electrical connection

0.35

Specific gravity

20 bar

Max pressure

• Normally open or normally closed

Order no.

Item

00.0002.3320

G1 thread

00.0002.2889.1

Flange

500 mm stem

00.1020.0204

1000 mm stem

00.1020.0205

1500 mm stem

00.1020.0206

Level kits

Technical data

Type R1

Material

Brass/spansil/stainless steel

Contact

SPST

Seal

NBR

Max temperature

• Single switchpoint • Switching done in the head not at the float • Ideal for liquids with ferrous particles

Electrical connection Specific gravity Max pressure

105 °C Plug DIN 43650 0.4 10 bar

• Two standard stem lengths (can be cut to required length/switchpoint) • Normally open or normally closed

Length

Threaded G1

Flanged 55 mm diameter

500 mm

00.0002.4057

00.0002.4472

1000 mm

00.0002.4332

00.0002.9060

See page 146 for stem length/switchpoint table

138 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Visual level/indication switch Visual level indication/switch

Technical data

Type ILV & ILC

Material

Anodized aluminium/acrylic/brass/polypropylene (ILC)

Contact

2 x SPST (L1 normally open/L2 normally closed)

Seal Max temperature

• Double tube design

Electrical connection

• Twelve standard lengths

Connection

• Pmax 2 bar

NBR 80 °C Micro DIN 2 x M12

• Switching version avaiable

ILV

ILC

Length

Visual

Visual plus 2 x SPST

127 mm

00.0016.0032

00.0016.0065

254 mm

00.0016.0037

00.0016.0055

300 mm

00.0016.0033

00.0016.0053

350 mm

00.0016.0042

00.0016.0066

400 mm

00.0016.0020

00.0016.0067

450 mm

00.0016.0035

00.0016.0068

500 mm

00.0016.0027

00.0016.0069

600 mm

00.0016.0024

00.0016.0070

700 mm

00.0016.0058

00.0016.0071

800 mm

00.0016.0061

00.0016.0072

900 mm

00.0016.0045

00.0016.0073

1000 mm

00.0016.0041

00.0016.0074

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 139


Conductivity level switches Conductive probe

Technical data

Type SLP

Materials

Body – Polypropylene; electrodes – Kynar 100 °C

Max temperature

Plug DIN 43650

Electrical connection

• 1 – 4 electrodes • Optional coatings available

Connection

3/8 up to 1-1/2 (depending on type 6 Bar

Max pressure

• Epoxy resin sealed • Optional process connection materials • 500 mm – 2000 mm electrode lengths

Order no.

Number of electrodes

Electrode Length

Thread

00.0008.0098

1

500 mm

G 3/8

00.0008.0115

1

1000 mm

G 3/8

00.0008.0187

1

1500 mm

G 3/8

00.0008.0188

1

2000 mm

G 3/8

00.0008.0101

1

500 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0189

1

1000 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0138

1

1500 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0190

1

2000 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0054

2

500 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0087

2

1000 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0135

2

1500 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0191

2

2000 mm

G 1/2

00.0008.0053

3

500 mm

G1

00.0008.0059

3

1000 mm

G1

00.0008.0100

3

1500 mm

G1

00.0008.0140

3

2000 mm

G1

00.0008.0055

4

500 mm

G 1½

00.0008.0057

4

1000 mm

G 1½

00.0008.0137

4

1500 mm

G 1½

00.0008.0130

4

2000 mm

G 1½

Signal amplifier Type VNR.2100/2200

Technical data Supply

24/230 V ac

Contact

VNR.2100 1 x SPDT & VNR.2200 2 x SPDT

Sensitivity

• One or two channel versions • Relay output

10 – 250 μs (0 – 10 μs on request) -20 °C…+50 °C

Temperature range

ABS

Housing

• Adjustable sensitivity • LED indication

Type

Order no.

VNR.2100 (1 x SPDT)

00.0007.0107

VNR.2200 (2 x SPDT)

00.0007.0111

140 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Capacitive level switches Capacitive probe Type SCV

Technical data 12 – 35 Vdc

Power supply Active (ON)

Output (NPN)

Brass (AISI-316 on request)

Materials

• No moving parts • PTFE coated electrode • Hermetic construction, polyurethane resin • Minimum degree of protection IP65

De-active (Off)

1/4 & 1/2; NPT conical

Thread Activation delay Differential

4 seconds

1 – 10 seconds on request

3 mm

from 0 – 5 mm on request Cu-Zn alloy

Electrode

PTFE

Electrode coating

Mounting Switch point

Vertical L0 – 10 ± 2 mm

Horizontal on the axis of the probe

50 mm, 90 mm; max 1000 on request

Length Electrical connection

DIN 43650 plug M12 x 1, 4 poles IP65

Max. pressure (bar)

50

Media temperature

-30 °C…+125 °C

Use – type of liquid

H2O and conductive liquids Oil and non conductive liquids

Contact us for further information 0116 284 9900

Analogue converter Type VLC.01

Technical data 8 – 36 V dc

Supply Input signal

3 wires potentiometric 4 – 20 mA

Analogue output

• Rugged construction • No calibration required • DIN rail mounting

1W

Consumption Sensor supply voltage

2.5 V dc stabilised -20 °C…+50 °C

Temperature range Housing

Polycarbonate, DIN rail mounting IP40

Protection class

Type VLC.01 24DC 4-20 mA IP40

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

Part number 00.0007.0029.1

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 141


Capacitive level sensor/switch Capacitive level sensor/switch

Technical data

Type UNICON-CL

14 – 30 V dc, 2-wire

Supply voltage

0 – 100 mm up to max 3000mm

Measuring range

0.5% of the measuring value

Accuracy

• LCD display

4 – 20 mA 2-wire

Output

• Programmable set points

Process connection

G 3/4 A

• For conductive liquids

Media temperature

0 °C…60 °C or -10 °C…+120 °C (140 °C <1h)

• Horizontal or vertical display options

Process pressure

0…16 bar

• No moving parts in liquid

Process material

PTFE with aluminium core, sealing FDA conform stainless steel 1.4404 400 kHz

Radiated frequency

04

>50 μS

Conductivity medium

01

Part number key Type

U

N

I

C

O

N

C

L

X

X

X

Case horizontal

0

1

Case vertical (cable glands at the backside)

0

4

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Without option

0

0

2nd cable gland M20 x 1.5

1

1

Model Output 4 – 20 mA for level, 2 electronic alarm outputs As above but additional temperature measurement, for temperature compensation of the probe output 4 – 20 mA for temperature Mounting type

1 2

Sensor (M = minimal immersion depth) Single sensor for metal tannks min 20 mm (M)

1

Single snesor for plastic tanks min 60 mm (M)

2

As 2 but reference electrode Hastelloy, for acids and lye’s

4

Medium temperature 0…60 °C

1

-10…+120 °C

2

Process connection G 3/4 Mounting length (please state in mm) Standard 500, 800, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 Options

142 LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Capacitive level sensor/switch Capacitive level sensor/switch

Technical data

Type LCC1

18 – 30 V dc (controlled)

Supply voltage

30 mm (others available on request)

Measuring range

• Level sensor and switch • LED indication

Accuacy

±1.5 mm

Output

4 – 20 mA or 0 – 10 V

Process connection

3 hole flange or G 1

• Programmable

Media temperature

-20 °C…+85 °C

• Different oils recognition

Max pressure

5 bar

Wetted parts Housing

CW614N nickelled

O-ring

FKM (EPDM)

Sensor

FR4, epoxy resin + fibreglass, gold-plated Cu

Potting

Bectron PK 4342

Part number key Type

L

C

C

1

A

1

2

6

1

2

6

6

5

6

5

V

X

X

X

X

S

Form Bracket form (side mounting)

A

Installation length 126 mm (only with installation height 56) Installation height 65 mm (others available on request) Seal FKM

V

Output signal 4 – 20 mA

I

0 – 10 V

U

Switching function Minimum switch

L

Maximum switch

H

Programming Cannot be programmed (no teaching)

N

Programmable (teaching possible)

P

Switching output level Standard

O

Inverted

I

Electrical connection For round plug connector M12 x 1, 4 pole

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

S

LEVEL SWITCHES & SENSORS 143


Level pressure sensor (submersible) Level pressure sensors (submersible)

PR3441

Technical data

Type PR34XX

Supply voltage

Submersible black polyurethane moulded to housing SAE 316L SS housing & diaphragm, polyurethane cable & nitrile NBR O ring seal

Cable material

• Optional ATEX approved version

PR3442

13 – 36 V dc

Output

• 0 – 1 mWG up to 0 – 500 mWg

PR3420 4 – 20 mA (2-wire)

Wetted parts

• Sludge platform version

Flexible nylon sheath 303 or 316L SS housing, alumina diaphragm, nylon over-tube & nitrile O ring seal

Submersible black polyurethane moulded to housing SAE 316L SS housing & diaphragm, & polyurethane cable

Temperature range Media

Media must not freeze around the sensor

Ambient

-20 °C…+60 °C ±0.3% FS

Accuracy

PR3441 PR3442

PR3420

Part number key Type

P

R

3

X

X

X

∅ 25 mm

4

4

1

With sludge platform

4

2

0

∅ 16 mm

4

4

2

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

0…1 mWG (PR3420 & PR3441 only)

0

0

0

1

0…5 mWG (PR3420, PR3441 only)

0

0

0

5

0…10 mWG (PR3420, PR3441 only)

0

0

1

0

0…50 mWG

0

0

5

0

0…100 mWG

0

1

0

0

0…250 mWG

0

2

5

0

0…500 mWG

0

5

0

0

Protective nose cone (PR3441, PR3442 only)

A

X

G 1/4 (PR3441 only)

A

B

Sludge platform

A

Y

X

X

X

0

1

0

Output 4 – 20 mA

Electrical connection/option No special option required ATEX/IECEx certified (PR3420 & PR3441 only)

EX

Pressure range bar

Process connection

Cable length Example: 010 = 10 meters (max 500 meters)

144 PRESSURE SENSORS

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Level switches Customised special items

Multi-level switch equipped with integrated connections system for filling and suction of the working liquid in the process.

Metering and/or control of a liquid moving level with severe working conditions where a rugged mechanical construction is required.

Minimum level control device, with integrated air vent and hose connections for suction and filling of the fuel in the flat tanks.

Pendant float switches Float level switches for all kinds of applications including pumping stations and sewage applications. Various float types available including teardrop and hockey puck style along with cable options such as PVC and H07RN. For further information contact OEM Automatic on 0116 284 9900

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

LEVEL SWITCHES 145


Technical reference Specific gravities

R1 level kit dimensions (page 138)

Product

°C

Sg Kg/dm3

L1

Acetone

20

0.79

Switch point

LT

LT

=1

= 0.8

Alcohols: commercial

15

0.81

160

145

161

Alcohols: without water

15

0.79

180

166

181

Aniline

0

1.04

200

187

202

207

223

Benzene

0

0.90

220

Bromine

0

3.19

240

228

243

Carbonic acid

0

0.94

260

249

264

Coal tar

15

1.1÷1.26

280

270

284

Ether

15

0.79

300

290

305

Gasoline

15

0.68÷0.72

320

311

326

Glycerine free water

0

1.26

340

332

346

Glycerine-water 50%

0

1.13

360

353

367

Hydrochloric acid 10%

15

1.05

380

373

388

Hydrochloric acid 20%

15

1.10

400

394

408

Hydrochloric acid 30%

15

1.15

420

415

429

436

450

Hydrochloric acid 40%

15

1.20

440

Milk

15

1.030

460

457

470

Naphtha

20

0.76

480

477

491

Nitric acid 17%

15

1.10

500

498

512

Nitric acid 25%

15

1.15

520

519

532

Nitric acid 47%

15

1.30

540

540

553

Nitric acid 94%

15

1.50

560

560

573

Oils: Diesel oil

15

0.79÷0.82

580

581

594

Oils: Linseed

15

0.94

600

602

615

Oils: Mineral

20

0.91

620

623

635

Oils: Mineral lubricating

20

0.90÷0.93

640

643

656

Oils: Olive

15

0.92

660

664

677

Oils: Rapeseed

15

0.97

680

685

697

Oils: Turpentine

15

0.87

700

706

718

Potassium hydroxide 11% KOH

15

1.10

720

727

739

Potassium hydroxide 21% KOH

15

1.20

740

747

759

Potassium hydroxide 31% KOH

15

1.30

760

768

780

Potassium hydroxide 49% KOH

15

1.50

780

789

801

Potassium hydroxide 63% KOH

15

1.70

800

810

821

830

842

Salt water

4

1.026

820

Sodium chloride – NaCl 14%

15

1.10

840

851

862

Sodium chloride – NaCl 26%

15

1.20

860

872

883

Sodium hydroxide 9% NaOH

15

1.10

880

893

904

Sodium hydroxide 18% NaOH

15

1.20

900

913

924

Sodium hydroxide 27% NaOH

15

1.30

920

934

945

Sodium hydroxide 37% NaOH

15

1.40

940

955

966

Sodium hydroxide 47% NaOH

15

1.50

960

976

986

Sulphuric acid 27%

15

1.20

980

996

1007

Sulphuric acid 50%

15

1.40

1000

1017

1028

Sulphuric acid 7.5%

15

1.05

Sulphuric acid 87%

15

1.80

Sulphuric fuming acid (Oleum)

15

1.89

Water distilled

0

0.99987

Water distilled

4

1.00000

Water distilled

15

0.99913

Water distilled

25

0.99707

146 LEVEL SWITCHES

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Technical reference

Brass

Cast iron

Steel

Stainless steel AISI 316

Methacrylate

PVC Polyvinyl chloride

PP Polypropylene

PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene

PVDF Polyvinylidene

SPANSIL Butadiene acrylonitrile

(Legend – 1 = Very good; 2 = Good; 3 = Poor; 4 = Not compatible; – = No information)

Aluminium

Chemical compatibility guide

Acetic acid

2

4

4

4

2

4

4

2

1

1

2

Acetic acid < 10%

2

4

4

4

2

1

4

2

1

1

2

Acetone

1

1

1

1

1

3

4

1

1

2

4

Acetylene

1

4

1

1

1

4

1

1

1

Aluminium sulphate

3

4

4

4

2

4

2

1

1

1

1

Copper chloride

3

4

4

4

4

1

2

1

1

1

1

Copper sulphate >5%

3

4

4

4

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

Diesel fuel

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Distilled water

1

4

4

4

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

Engine oil

1

2

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

Ether

1

1

2

1

1

4

4

4

1

1

1

Ethyl alcohol

2

2

2

2

1

3

3

1

1

1

1

Ethylene glycol (antifreeze)

1

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

1

1

1

Ferric chloride

4

4

4

4

4

1

2

1

1

1

1

Formaldehyde (Formalin)

1

2

2

1

1

4

2

1

1

1

2

Fuel oils

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

1

2

2

Gasoline (unleaded)

1

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

2

1

1

Glucose

1

2

2

1

1

3

1

1

1

1

Hydraulic oil (mineral)

1

2

2

1

1

1

2

4

1

1

1

Hydraulic oil (synthetic)

1

2

4

1

1

1

2

4

1

1

1

Hydrochloric acid < 33%

4

4

4

3

2

1

1

1

3

Hydrofluoric acid 100%

4

4

2

4

4

3

1

4

Hydrofluoric acid 50%

4

4

4

4

4

1

1

1

3

Hydrogen peroxide 10%

1

4

4

4

2

4

2

1

1

1

2

Isopropyl alcohol

2

2

2

2

2

1

3

1

1

1

2

Kerosene

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

1

1

Liquid ammonia

2

4

2

1

1

1

4

1

1

1

2

Liquid soaps

3

2

2

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

LPG - Liquid propane gas

1

3

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

1

1

Methyl alcohol

2

2

3

3

1

2

3

1

1

1

1

Mineral water

1

3

3

3

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

Naphtha

1

2

2

2

1

3

2

2

2

3

Nickel chloride

4

4

4

4

3

1

2

1

1

1

1

Olive oil

4

2

4

4

1

1

2

1

1

1

2

Phenol (Carbolic acid)

1

3

4

4

2

4

3

2

1

1

4

Phosphoric acid < 40%

4

3

4

4

3

2

3

1

1

2

4

Phosphoric acid > 40%

4

4

2

2

1

4

3

1

1

1

3

Propyl alcohol

1

2

2

2

1

2

3

1

1

1

2

Resins

1

1

3

3

1

4

2

1

1

Sea-water

3

3

4

4

1

2

3

1

1

1

1

Sodium bicarbonate

3

4

3

3

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

Sodium bisulphate 10%

4

4

4

4

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

Sodium carbonate (Soda)

4

4

2

2

1

4

2

1

1

2

1

Sodium chloride

4

4

3

3

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

Sodium hydroxide (10%)

4

4

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

2

Sodium hydroxide (50%)

4

4

2

1

1

1

2

1

1

3

Sodium hypochlorite (100%)

4

4

4

4

3

1

2

3

1

3

Sodium hypochlorite (12,5%)

4

4

4

4

3

1

2

3

1

1

3

Solvents for paints

1

2

3

3

1

4

4

4

1

2

4

Sulphuric acid (10-75%)

4

4

4

1

4

1

1

1

3

Sulphuric acid (75-100%)

4

4

4

1

4

3

1

1

4

Sulphuric acid 100%

2

4

4

2

2

4

4

4

1

4

Synthetic detergents

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

Toluene ( methyl-benzene)

1

4

1

1

1

4

4

3

1

1

3

Trichloroethylene

1

2

3

2

2

4

4

1

1

4

Urea

4

4

4

4

2

1

2

1

1

1

1

Substance

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

LEVEL SWITCHES 147


Technical reference Flow rates To convert flows of

into

multiply by

Reciprocal

Imp. pint/hr

ml/min

9.471

0.1056

Imp. Gal/min

m3/hr

0.2728

3.666

U.S. Gal/min

m3/hr

0.2271

4.403

Cu. Ft/min

m3/hr

1.699

0.5886

Litres/min

m3/hr

0.06

16.67

Litres/sec

m3/hr

3.6

0.278

To convert flows of

into

multiply by

Reciprocal

Imp. pint

Litres

0.56826

1.7598

Cubic feet

Litres

28.316

0.035315

Cubic Centimetre

Millilitres

0.999973

1.000027

Cubic Inch

Millilitres

16.387

0.061024

Cubic metre

Litres

1000

0.001

Mass + volume

Ingress Protection IP codes First numeral

(IEC/EN 60529)

Second numeral

SOLID BODIES

LIQUIDS

No protection

0

0

No protection

Objects greater than 50 mm

1

1

Vertically dripping water

Objects greater than 12 mm

2

2

Angled dripping water (up to 15%)

Objects greater than 2.5 mm

3

3

Sprayed water

Objects greater than 1 mm

4

4

Splashed water

Dust protected

5

5

Water jets

Dust tight

6

6

Powerful water jets

7

Temporary immersion (between 15 cm – 1 m)

8

Continuous immersion

Example: IP65 equipment is dust-tight and protected against water jets

148 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

9K

Water under strong pressure directed against case from all directions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Technical reference Materials Stainless steel No.

DIN

VA

AISI

BS

NF

SIS

EN

1.4122

X 35 CrMo 17-1

2

-

-

-

-

X39CrMo17

1.4300

X 12 CrNi 18 8

2

302

302 S 25

-

-

-

1.4301

X 5 CrNi 18 10

2

304

304 S 31

Z 7 CN 18-09

2332/33

X5CrNi18-10

1.4305

X 10 CrNiS 18 9

2

303

303 S 22

Z 8 CNF 18-09

2346

X8CrNiS18-9

1.4310

X 12 CrNi 17 7

2

301

301 S 22

Z 12 CN 18-08

2331

X10CrNi18-8

1.4401

X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2

-

316

316 S 31

Z 7 CND 17-11-02

2347

X5CrNiMo17-12-2

1.4404

X 2 CrNiMo 17 12 2

4

316 L

316 S 11

Z 3 CND 17-11-02

2348

X2CrNiMo17-12-2

1.4408

G-X 6 CrNiMo 18 10

-

-

-

-

-

GX5CrNiMo 19-11-2

1.4410

G-X 10 CrNiMo 18 9

-

-

-

-

-

-

1.4435

X 2 CrNiMo 18 14 3

-

316 L

316 S 11

Z 3 CND 17-12-03

2353

X2CrNiMo18-14-3

1.4436

X 5 CrNiMo 17 13 3

4

316

316 S 33

Z 6 CND 18-12-03

2343

X3CrNiMo17-13-3

1.4462

X 2 CrNiMoN 22 5 3

-

S 31803

318 S 13

Z 3 CND 22-05 Az

2377

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

1.4541

X 6 CrNiTi 18 10

2

321

321 S 31

Z 6 CNT 18-12

2337

X6CrNiTi18-10

1.4571

X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2

4

316 Ti

320 S 18

Z 6 CNDT 17-12

2360

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

Brass No.

DIN

MS

BS

NFA

UNS

EN

2.0230

CuZn10

Ms90

CZ 101

L CuZn10

C 21000

CuZn10 - CW 501 L

2.0321

CuZn37

Ms63

CZ 108

L CuZn36

C 27200

CuZn37 - CW 508 L

2.0360

CuZn40

Ms60

CZ 109

L CuZn40

C 28000

CuZn40 - CW 509 L

2.0380

CuZn39Pb2

Ms59

CZ 120

N CuZn39Pb2

C 37000

CuZn39Pb2 - CW 612 N

2.0402

CuZn40Pb2

Ms58

CZ 122

N CuZn40Pb2

C 38000

CuZn40Pb2 - CW 617 N

Plastic ABS

acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene

PA

polyamide

PC

polycarbonate

POM

polyoxymethylene

PP

polypropylene

PS

polystyrene

PTFE

polytetrafluoroethylene

PVC

polyvinyl chloride

PVDF

polyvinylidene fluoride

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

TECHNICAL REFERENCE 149


Technical reference Pressure psi

atms.

Ft.Hd. H2O at 20°C

in H2O

Kg/cm2

Metres H2O

in.Hg. at 20°C

mm.Hg.

bar

Millibar (mbar)

kPa

1

0.0680

2.310

27.720

0.0700

0.704

2.043

51.884

0.0690

68.947

6.895

14.696

1

33.659

407.513

1.0330

10.351

30.019

762.480

1.0130

1013.0

101.325

0.433

0.0290

1

12.000

0.0300

0.305

0.884

22.452

0.0300

29.837

2.984

0.036

0.0025

0.833

1

0.0025

0.025

0.074

1.871

0.0025

2.486

0.249

14.233

0.9680

32.867

394.408

1

10.018

29.054

737.959

0.9810

980.662

98.066

1.422

0.0970

3.287

39.370

0.0990

1

2.905

73.796

0.0980

98.066

9.807

0.489

0.0330

1.131

13.575

0.0340

0.345

1

25.400

0.0340

33.753

3.375

0.019

0.0013

0.045

0.534

0.0014

0.0136

0.039

1

0.0010

1.329

0.133

14.503

0.9870

33.514

402.164

1.0200

10.2110

29.625

752.470

1

1000.0

100.00

0.014

0.0009

0.033

0.402

0.0010

0.0102

0.029

0.752

0.001

1

0.100

0.145

0.0098

0.335

4.021

0.0100

0.1020

0.296

7.525

0.010

10.000

1

Temperature

ºC = (ºF - 32) 1.8

ºF = x 1.8 ºC + 32

ºC

ºF

ºC

ºF

ºC

ºF

ºC

ºF

-40

-40

0

32

30

86

100

212

-38

-36.4

1

33.8

31

87.8

105

221

-36

-32.8

2

35.6

32

89.6

110

230

-34

-29.2

3

37.4

33

91.4

115

239

-32

-25.6

4

39.2

34

93.2

120

248

-30

-22.0

5

41.0

35

95.0

125

257

-28

-18.4

6

42.8

36

96.8

130

266

-26

-14.8

7

44.6

37

98.6

135

275

-24

-11.2

8

46.4

38

100.4

140

284

-22

-7.6

9

48.2

39

102.2

145

293

-20

-4.0

10

50.00

40

104.0

150

302

-19

-2.2

11

51.8

41

105.8

155

311

-18

-0.4

12

53.6

42

107.6

160

320

-17

1.4

13

55.4

43

109.4

165

329

-16

3.2

14

57.2

44

111.2

170

338

-15

5.0

15

59.0

45

113.0

175

347

-14

6.8

16

60.8

46

114.8

180

356

-13

8.6

17

62.6

47

116.6

185

365

-12

10.4

18

64.4

48

118.4

190

374

-11

12.2

19

66.2

49

120.2

195

383

-10

14.0

20

68.0

50

122.0

200

392

-9

15.8

21

69.8

55

131.0

205

401

-8

17.6

22

71.6

60

140.0

210

410

-7

19.4

23

73.4

65

149.0

215

419

-6

21.2

24

75.2

70

158.0

220

428

-5

23.0

25

77.0

75

167.0

225

437

-4

24.8

26

78.8

80

176.0

230

446

-3

26.6

27

80.6

85

185.0

235

455

-2

28.4

28

82.4

90

194

240

464

-1

30.2

29

84.2

95

203.0

245

473

150 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Technical reference

Putting safety first in explosive environments

Our range of Ex certified pressure transmitters have both ATEX and IECEx approval. ATEX is an EU Directive (94/9/EC) that ensures products are safe to use in explosive environments.

Hazardous areas are classified into zones (0, 1, 2 for gas-vapour-mist and 20, 21, 22 for dust) The zones are determined by the type of combustible material present, the length of time it is present, and the physical construction of the area where such material is present. Zone 0 or 20 are those areas where ignitable or flammable concentrations of combustible gases or dusts exist continuously or for long periods of time. Zone 1 or 21 are those areas where ignitable or flammable concentrations of combustible gases or dusts are likely to or frequently exist during normal operations. Zone 2 or 22 are those areas where ignitable or flammable concentrations of combustible gases or dusts are not likely to occur during normal operations or will exist for only a brief period of time.

2 1 Gas

0

Dust

20 21 22

Zone 0 and 20 require Category I marked equipment Zone I and 21 require Category I or 2 marked equipment Zone 2 and 22 require Category I , 2, or 3 marked equipment. Zone 0 and 20 are the zones with the highest risk of an explosive atmosphere being present.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk

TECHNICAL REFERENCE 151


OEM-AUTOMATIC LIMITED (“OEM”) GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE (“the Conditions”) 1. DEFINITIONS In these Conditions: ”Buyer” means the party with whom OEM contracts; ”Contract” means the contract made between OEM and the Buyer for supply of the Goods which are subject to these Conditions; ”Goods” means all or any of the goods works and materials to be supplied by OEM; ”Act of Insolvency” means any one or more of the following namely the passing of a resolution or the presentation of a petition for winding-up, bankruptcy or for the appointment of an administrator, the appointment of a receiver and/or manager or administrative receiver over the whole or any part of the Buyer’s undertaking and assets, the making of a proposal for a voluntary arrangement within the Insolvency Act 1986 or of a proposal for any other composition scheme or arrangement with or the calling by the Buyer of any meeting of its creditors generally, the levying of execution or distress or diligence on any of its assets, the failure to pay its proper debts as and when due and anything analogous to any of the foregoing under the law of the jurisdiction where the Buyer is established. 2. CONSTRUCTION OF CONTRACT (1) These Conditions shall apply to all contracts of sale between OEM and the Buyer. (2) The terms of the Contract shall consist of the particulars set out in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement and these Conditions. Any term in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement which is at variance with these Conditions shall prevail over these Conditions, which shall be construed accordingly, except with regard to price in respect of which condition 5 (2) shall prevail. (3) No other terms (whether contained in any document issued by the Buyer or in any written or oral communication between the parties) shall apply to the Contract nor shall these Conditions or the particulars contained in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement be modified without OEM’s written agreement. OEM shall be entitled to amend technical specifications of the Goods without notice. (4) In order that these Conditions and the particulars in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement shall be a complete record of the agreement between the parties with regard to the sale of the Goods, the Buyer must ensure that any pre-contractual representation on which the Buyer wishes to rely has been specified in those particulars. In entering into the Contract, the Buyer does not rely upon any such representation made by or on behalf of OEM which has not been so specified. 3. OUOTATIONS AND ORDERS (1) Unless accepted before lapse or withdrawal, or renewed in writing by OEM, quotations shall lapse automatically after 30 days, but maybe withdrawn earlier. (2) Quotations are information only and are not firm offers. There shall be no binding contract until OEM has accepted the Buyer’s order by despatching OEM’s official Acknowledgement of Order or invoice 4. DELIVERY (1) Although OEM wiII endeavour to deliver Goods within any delivery time specified in OEM’s Acknowledgement of Order, that time is an estimate only and not a term of the Contract and as such, time shall not be of the essence. OEM shall not be liable for any failure to meet any such estimate, nor for any loss, of whatsoever nature resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. (2) Any such time specified shall be extended by any period during which the manufacture or delivery of the Goods or other work by OEM in connection with the Contract is delayed due to fire, explosion, flood, storm, tempest, sabotage, strikes (official and unofficial), riot, invasion, acts of war, shortage of labour, power or materials, civil commotion, accidents, plant breakdowns, compliance with an order of an apparently competent authority, and any other event beyond OEM’s control. (3) If any such delivery time is so extended by more than 90 days the Buyer shall be entitled to give written notice to OEM requiring the Goods to be delivered within 30 days of the date of such notice failing which the Buyer shall have the right to give further written notice terminating the contract forthwith. (4) OEM shall be entitled to deliver the Goods by instalments and/or in advance of the estimated date. Each delivery shall constitute a separate contract to which these Conditions shall apply. Failure by OEM to deliver any one or more of the instalments or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. (5) In the case of United Kingdom and Overseas customers, unless otherwise stated, OEM will deliver to the Buyer’s premises and will charge separately for packing, carriage and handling. (6) The delivery by OEM of a greater or lesser quantity provided for in the Contract, the delivery of other goods not provided for in the Contract, or the delivery of Goods only some of which are defective, shall not entitle the Buyer to reject all of the Goods delivered. In order that OEM can comply with its carrier’s conditions, a claim in respect of error in quantity or type of Goods in respect of the condition of the Goods delivered must be made in writing to OEM within 3 days or to the carrier and OEM within 5 days of receipt. Failure to make such claim shall constitute unqualified acceptance of the Goods and waiver by the Buyer of all claims relating to error in quantity or type of Goods delivered or relating to the condition of Goods delivered. Similarly, if any Goods invoiced by OEM are not received by the Buyer, the Buyer must notify OEM within 25 days or the carrier and OEM within 28 days of the date of invoice, failing which the Buyer will be liable to pay for the Goods in full. (7) OEM shall at its option make good any non-delivery short delivery or damage of Goods notified in accordance with Condition 4(6) by repair or replacement of such Goods and save as provided in this Condition shall not be liable for any such non-delivery short delivery or damage in transit nor for any loss, financial or otherwise resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. In no event shall OEM be liable to the Buyer in connection with any damage or loss in transit where delivery takes place at OEM’s premises. (8) If the Buyer fails to take delivery of or collect the Goods or fails to give OEM adequate delivery instructions after notification by OEM that the Goods are ready OEM may (without prejudice to its other rights and remedies): store the Goods (on its own or any third party’s premises) and charge the Buyer for its reasonable costs (including without limitation VAT costs of storage, carriage and insurance); and/or sell the Goods at any time and after deducting all costs and expenses account to the Buyer for any excess over the price already paid under the Contract or charge the Buyer for any shortfall between the Contract price and such costs and expenses. (9) All returnable containers and packing materials will be charged for, but credit will be given if these are returned in condition satisfactory to OEM, to OEM’s works carriage paid within thirty days following delivery of the relevant Goods. 5. PROPERTY AND RISK (1) The risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer upon despatch of the Goods from OEM’s warehouse. (2) Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk, property in and title to the Goods shall remain in OEM until OEM has received payment of all sums owing to OEM under the Contract and any other contract with the Buyer whatsoever. (3) Until property in and title to the Goods passes to the Buyer: the Buyer shall keep the Goods properly stored, protected and insured and separate from all or any other goods whether belonging to OEM, the Buyer, or any third party; OEM shall be entitled at any time forthwith to revoke the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods; and it shall automatically cease if the Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; and the Buyer shall not make any modification to the Goods or their packaging or alter remove or tamper with any marks, numbers or other means of identification used on or in relation to the Goods. Upon termination of the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods, the Buyer shall place the Goods at the disposal of OEM and OEM and its servants and agents are hereby irrevocably authorised without the need for consent of any third party but using only such force as may be necessary, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party for the purpose of removing the Goods. (4) If any of the foregoing provisions of this Condition shall be invalid or unenforceable such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions. 6. PRICES (1) Unless otherwise stated in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement, prices for the Goods shall be ex-works, and shall be exclusive of VAT, packing, carriage, insurance, and any other costs, all of which shall be the subject of additional charges. VAT shall be charged where appropriate at the rate prevailing at the relevant tax point. (2) Any price quoted by the Company is based upon costs current as the date of quotation. The price charged to the Customer under the Contract may be changed to take account of costs current at the date of invoice. Such changes may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in rates of currency where the Goods or any part thereof, are sourced from third countries. 7. PAYMENT (1) Subject to prior written agreement to the contrary, OEM shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for the price of the Goods on or at any time after OEM has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready for collection or OEM has tendered delivery of the Goods. (2) If OEM has granted the Buyer monthly account credit facilities, then payment of the price must be made within 30 days of the date of Invoice. Otherwise payment must be in cash prior to delivery. Payment shall be made direct to OEM in the currency invoiced. The Buyer shall not be entitled to exercise

any right of set-off against payment due to OEM. (3) OEM shall be entitled to charge daily interest on any overdue sum at the rate of 5 per cent annum above the base lending rate for the time being of Lloyds TSB Bank plc from the due date for payment to the actual date of payment (both before and after judgment). (4) Where payment is agreed to be made by instalments, any delay or default by the Buyer in making payment in respect of any one instalment shall render all the remaining instalments due forthwith, and interest will be charged in accordance with condition 7(3) with immediate effect until the date of actual payment. (5) OEM may appropriate any payment made by the Buyer to such of the Goods (or the goods supplied under any other contract between OEM and the Buyer) as OEM may think fit (notwithstanding any purported appropriation by the Buyer). 8 WARRANTIES AND EXEMPTIONS (1) If under proper use the goods develop any defect during the warranty period due to defective articles or materials supplied OEM shall at its own expense and option replace or repair such goods as are defective so as to remedy the defects except where such defects are attributable to accident, fair wear and tear, or any act omission or neglect of the buyer or of its agents. The Buyer must give OEM notice of any alleged defects as soon as it becomes apparent, and shall (unless otherwise instructed by OEM) retain the goods at the Buyer’s premises for inspection by OEM and give OEM adequate facilities to investigate the complaint at the Buyer’s premises. The “warranty period” shall mean the period specified in OEM’S order acknowledgement as the warranty period and if no such period is specified, then a period of 12 months from the date of delivery of the goods. (2) Except as expressly stated above there shall be excluded from the contract any warranty, condition or statement, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, as to satisfactory quality, and/or fitness of the goods for any particular purpose. (3) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/ or breach of statutory duty for any loss or damage which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM its servants or agents, [in a sum which is greater than the Contract price]. (4) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/or breach of statutory duty for any loss of profits loss of goodwill loss of contracts and/or any indirect or consequential (including economic) loss of any kind including loss of profits and/or loss of production which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM, its servants or agents. (5) Provided that nothing in this Condition shall operate so as to exclude OEM’s non-excludable liability in respect of death or personal injury caused by the negligence of OEM its servants or agents; to affect the statutory rights of the Buyer where Goods are sold to a Buyer dealing as a consumer within the meaning of Unfair Contract Terms Act; or to exclude the application of Section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 or to exclude liability for fraudulent misrepresentation. (6) OEM reserves the right not to accept goods for credit or replacement from the Buyer that are not accompanied and clearly marked with a returned materials authorisation (rma) number that has been previously agreed with and issued by OEM. An RMA number shall remain open and valid for 30 days from date of issue by OEM. If OEM have failed to receive the goods to which the rma number relate within this period then OEM reserve the right to cancel the rma. The risk and the property in the goods remains with the Buyer unless otherwise notified by OEM. OEM will not accept returned goods that clearly show signs of physical damage to external packaging where it is possible that damage to the goods may have occurred as a result. The Buyer shall be responsible for the carriage costs of the returned goods unless otherwise agreed in writing by OEM. 9. INSOLVENCY AND DEFAULT (1) Without prejudice to any rights and remedies available to it, OEM shall be entitled, forthwith on written notice to the Buyer either to terminate the Contract in whole or in part and/or any other contract with the Buyer or to withhold performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract and/or any other contract with the Buyer (and on the giving of such notice all monies outstanding from the Buyer to OEM shall become immediately due and payable) if:- (i) any sum owing to OEM from the Buyer on any account whatsoever shall be unpaid after the due date for payment (in which event OEM shall have a general lien for any such sum on all and any property of the Buyer in its possession); or (ii) the Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; or (iii) the Buyer shall commit any breach of any contract (including without limitation the Contract) with OEM. (2) In the event of a suspension of performance OEM shall be entitled, as a condition of resuming performance, to require pre-payment, or such security as it may require. 10. EXPORT TERMS (1) Any term or expression which is defined in the provisions of Incoterms 2000 (or any subsequent revision thereof) shall import the respective obligations of Buyer and Seller into these Conditions, but in the event of conflict these Conditions shall prevail. (2) Where the Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom, the provisions of this clause 10 shall (subject to any special terms agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer) apply not withstanding any other provision of these Conditions. (3) Unless otherwise agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer, the Goods shall be delivered ExWorks and OEM shall be under no obligation to give notice under section 32(3) of the Sale of Goods Act 1979. (4) The Buyer shall be responsible for arranging for testing and inspection of the Goods at OEM’s premises before shipment. OEM shall have no liability for any claim in respect of any defect in the Goods which would be apparent on testing or inspection and which is made after shipment, or in respect of any damage during transit. 11. CANCELLATION The Contract may be cancelled in whole or in part by the Buyer only with OEM’s written consent and upon the condition that the Buyer shall indemnify OEM in full against all loss, damages, costs expenses and other liabilities awarded against or incurred by OEM as a result of or in connection with the cancellation. 12. GENERAL (1) It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to ensure that all requirements applicable to the Contract, whether statutory, regulatory, municipal and/or otherwise howsoever, (including without limitation any relating to the importation or use of the Goods in the country of destination and for the payment of duties thereon) are duly complied with. It shall be a condition precedent to the performance by OEM of its obligations under the Contract that all necessary licences, permits and consents shall have been obtained by the Buyer. (2) Neither party shall have any liability for any failure to perform or for any delay in the performance (other than as to payment) of any of its obligations under the Contract caused by any factor beyond its reasonable control. (3) No failure or delay on the part of OEM to exercise any of its rights under the Contract shall operate as a waiver of nor shall any waiver by OEM of any breach by the Buyer of any of its obligations under the Contract affect the rights of OEM in the event of any further or continuing breach. (4) The Contract is personal to the Buyer, who shall not assign or in any way part with the benefit without OEM’s prior written consent. (5) Each and every obligation contained in these Conditions shall be treated as a separate obligation and shall be severally enforceable as such notwithstanding the non- enforceability of any other such obligation. (6) The Conditions and the Contract shall not create or evidence, or be deemed to create or evidence, any agency or partnership between OEM on the one hand and the Buyer or any third party on the other. (7) Any notice required to be given in writing under the Contract shall be given, where possible, by facsimile transmission and otherwise by first class post addressed to the registered office of the party for which it is intended, or to such other address as may be notified in writing in accordance herewith for the purpose, and shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of a facsimile transmission, upon transmission and, in the case of a letter, forty-eight hours after posting. In proving service by letter, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and stamped and duly posted. (8) The Contract shall be governed by English Law. (9) The parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts, save in the case of a Buyer who has no assets within the jurisdiction of the English Courts and who is established in a country which will not enforce the judgement of the English Courts. In those circumstances OEM may if it chooses refer any disputes arising out of the Contract to arbitration under the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, such arbitration to take place in London. CARRIAGE AND HANDLING CHARGES Please enquire.



Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.